Home

ActivePresenter User Manual v4.0.0

1. The window shows a preview of the layout of exported project This window works as follows 1 This drop down list offers further presets within the selected template type The Custom option allows you to customize all settings and save it as a preset From now on the newly defined preset will be available to you from the Preset drop down list A preview window shows the effect of your customization on the toolbar To customize the toolbar click on any parameters listed here and adjust its value The changes are reflected in the toolbar sample 2 Exporting The Project Exporting To HTML5 Simulation 138 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 4 This area shows the explanation of the parameter selected above Operation Modes In this section there are four controls Modes You can select what modes would be available to the users Demonstration Tutorial Practice and Test Recall that you can customize each object whether it can appear in each of these modes Thus the same presentation can behave in totally different manner in different modes Total max This is the total time The time taken by all objects to complete their lifecycle time plus the time allowed for the student to answer while the presentation pauses in minutes
2. 284 SCLCCNS NO E RETE HEP E 284 Capturing mise TE 285 ele i laopa talo om TEE 285 Capturing Tried ull SOEOGT acrem itum ro n eden i oe eic Em pel dau m predam 285 Capturing An Application or REQION cccccccccsececseececeeeeseeeeeseeeeseeeeeseeeeseeessaeeeseeesseeeeas 286 Screenshot ODIOFS ieiuna tate E niai arido iutu atu uid a otutctn tuu ius Soci betuu tue 287 PUTO ER NR E T T n 287 Display Styles Of Audio ODIGCIS nasabi as ka UU oor ta eo E e ec t eov gue ee acusa Ca uu ue e 289 Properties OT AUdIO ODIO squid tiat dnd ot mium ee inti nt rui eee 290 MIOEO A LI Lt E EE 291 mijeen z xemde eeeem x T HR 292 Precz cal 2 UM en T Y 293 Pausing A Video Track Freezing The SCONG ccccccccseeeeceeeeeeeeeeseeeeceeeeeseeeeeeesessneeesees 294 Pausing An Audio Track Inserting SIl nCe ccccccsececeeeeseeeseeeeceeeseeeseeeeseeesaeeeseeeseeeess 295 Menus And SHOMCUIS idera toi terae Ned u SN oa eI eI M M eL E 296 mirelisiemus ea 296 PEON meet cmm dnauat hace tah akee at Ohanetat A taeee ath ecatan oes 297 NVA IST 7 0 RCE ee TREE TTE 298 Table of Contents 9 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 CLS SAW b 299 ANNOM MEN ER 300 LET ACTION Menis sacre saceiarcianetordracsaraima lord raanerdimaterd Vaaermatnalrauseniuatonts 301 EX DOME IVC 1
3. Crop Some objects selected The Copy Command The Copy command copies those parts of objects that fall inside the range and puts them on clipboard e f no objects are selected the Copy command checks all objects in the slide e f any objects are selected in the slide the Copy command checks only these selected objects Using ActivePresenter Windows Using The Timeline 234 a T Shape 12 Shape 11 Shape 10 Shape 9 Shape 8 Shape 7 Shape 6 Shape 5 Shape 4 Shape 3 Shape 2 Shape 1 shape 24 Shape 23 Shape 22 Shape 21 Shape 20 Shape 19 Shape 18 Shape 17 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 If any object does not have any part inside the range it is not copied The following diagram illustrates these conditions i ET ET ET ET ri ET ET ET ET ET ET Eb Ep Ep Ep Bh Ep Bh Bh Bb Bh Bh Ep pp ppp ppop opp E j Eh ET No objects selected Some objects selected Shape 4 A Shape 3 5 A D e Shape 2 Shape 1 9 p P P p ppp Ep Ep Ep Ep Ep Bh Bh Ep Note that the lower figures show fresh slides into which the clipboard contents are pasted Just imagine that a slice is taken out of the original slide and placed at Playhead position in another slide e f no objects are selected in the source slide ActivePresenter will slice through all objects e f some objects are selected ActivePresenter will s
4. General Interaction Annotation Auto Annotation Text Hotkeys Miscellaneous Automatic Updates Automatically Check for Updates Connection Settings Log Settings Enable Logging Log Ul Level Warning Verbose Mode Log Level Message View Log Confirmation Settings Warning none AMNSI path when export Show dialog when converting shape s text to speech Show language confirmation when importing ALIFF Extend object duration to match the duration of generated audio 8 Ask Yes No Save external resource Link resources with file size greater than 30 Allow pasting HTML text copied from other applications Auto Adjust annotation s width when importing XLIFF Restore Defaults The options on this tab are as follows Automatic Updates Selecting the Automatically Check for Updates option allows ActivePresenter to contact its server to check for updates automatically If enabled ActivePresenter will periodically check for updates when started Customizing ActivePresenter Customizing The Preferences 322 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 Connection settings In order to connect to the internet ActivePresenter needs the connection settings Whe
5. Exporting The Project Exporting To Flash Simulation 152 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 Reporting Options The reporting option is designed for publisher who does not have a SCORM compliant LMS It provides an alternative way for publisher to collect test results from learners via HTTP or Email protocol Content Of The Report The report can be formatted in various ways but the content generally consists of the following Name Presentation name also project name Description Presentation description also project description Date The local time based on user computer date time setting when the report is created UserlD Identity of the user who takes the practice or test When user logged in to take practice or test server side script should store a cookie which its name is userid and value is the id of the user to the client computer If no userid named cookie is found the user will be prompt to input his her identity before sending report TotalTime The duration in seconds which user used to take the practice or test olideCount Number of slides in the presentation Taken Number of slides which user has taken Correct Number of slides which user has performed action correctly without any help Wrong Number of slides which user has performed action incorrectly or using help Points Points mark user has gained through the practice or test only correct action gains po
6. The following are Customizable hotkeys to change their settings use the Preferences Hotkeys menu The following are their default values Hotkey Function CTRL SHIFT X Cuts the range Range edit command CTRL SHIFT C Copies the range to clipboard Range edit command CTRL DEL Deletes the range Range edit command SHIFT DELETE Crops to range Range edit command Also keep in mind the following tips e Use CTRL Scrolling mousewheel to zoom in out quickly e Use SHIFT Scrolling mousewheel to scroll horizontally in the Timeline Using ActivePresenter Windows gt Using The Timeline 239 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 Using Calibrate Audio Input dialog The Calibrate Audio Input dialog allows you to select appropriate level of input volume for recording audio If microphone is your input device read a sentence into the microphone to set the sensitivity level Status Not Calibrating Input Volume e Auto Calibrate OR Cancel This dialog can be used in two different modes Manual calibration 1 Keep the microphone in its normal position and speak in your normal volume 2 Click on the ed button and read a sentence into your microphone At the same time move the slider to right and increase the gain till the LED bar at the right shows yellow bars intermittently If the bar starts showing red LEDs move the slider a bit to the left otherwise the voice will be clipped
7. Disclaimer This manual is written by volunteers Please use it in the same spirit No guarantees are made regarding accuracy The author assumes no responsibility for any loss of data or for any direct or indirect damages that arise out of use misuse or misapplication of the information provided in this manual Please exercise caution and use it at your own risk About This Manual How To Use This Manual 13 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 Copyrights All copyrights for the ActivePresenter software belong to Atomi Systems Inc The copyrights of the other applications mentioned in this manual e g Microsoft PowerPoint Adobe Acrobat Reader LibreOffice etc belong to their respective developers Due care is taken to use original material in this manual Nevertheless if you see any copyright infringement in the manual please send us an e mail so that immediate actions can be taken Version Numbers The version of ActivePresenter software is denoted with a three part version number such as 3 7 0 The version number of this manual is derived from the software s version number by placing a serially incrementing number as a suffix For example the second User Manual written for version 3 7 0 of ActivePresenter will have version number 3 7 0 2 Getting The Latest User Manual The header of each page right corner carries the version number of the manual If you want to check whether you have the latest vers
8. Left Left edge of the frame Top Top edge of the frame Width Width of the frame Height Height of frame Lock aspect ratio By unchecking this check box you can stretch the video in width or height otart Time This is the time when the video track starts playing The starting moment of the slide is taken as reference t 0 Duration The duration of the video track in ms This value is non editable grayed out Show in mode Select one or more from Demonstration tutorial practice test Freeze Frame The Freeze frame control works on both audio and video objects as described below e Ifthe selected track is a video track the effect is to pause the video for any desired period e lf the selected track is an audio track the effect is to insert an interval of silence To insert a freeze frame control in an audio video track click on the Ruler where you want to pause the video This activates the L button in the toolbar of the Timeline pane Click on this button or from the context menu of the video object use the Insert Freeze frame command Objects Introduction To Objects 293 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 Now a yellow diamond and bar will get superimposed on the host time bar e f you had defined a range in the previous step the yellow bar is adjusted to this range However the usual practice is to drag the diamond and the right side edge of the yellow
9. Cancel The GUI works as follows 1 Enter the points to be earned For this option to work the Partial score check box must be cleared In that case the Points column below is removed To earn these points the user has to select all the correct answers and avoid selecting any of the wrong answers If he misses any of the right answers or selects any of the incorrect answers he Using ActivePresenter Windows Using The Event Editor 182 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 will earn no points In other words this is all or nothing strategy 2 Placea tick against all correct answers There may be more than one correct answers If the user selects these options the action s defined in the On Correct tab will be executed If he selects the other options the action s defined in the On Incorrect tab will be executed 3 Partial scores This strategy allows the user to earn some points for each correct answer To achieve this select the Partial score option Now the Points 1 control is disabled and a Points column is activated in the table below Assign points to each answer e Sometimes all answers are not of equal merit You may want to give ess points if the answer is more obvious than the others When the user selects a correct answer he earns the points assigned to that particular answer As he chooses more correct answers these partial scores are added up However if he chooses any of the wrong a
10. ec ceeccceececeeeeeceeeseeeeeseeeeseeeeeseeeesseeeeseeeesanees 45 EGUINOA PrO OCI me P necn cent E Wena nen chant Weald ne acta te cect nected cela neal 46 Overview Of The Editing Process asiain ana aaa aaa i aai aeaa i aiaa aeaa Aaaa eniai ia 46 TAC EGINO anoo TEE 47 TRG EGCG PrOCOSS TIE I Id 48 POA EEVOPEGIUNO seisin iri aa E E A E AA E E AAS 50 Naming Ne SIGSS 22 5 octets cits a a 50 leise INC Slesar EE I a 52 Inserting SIIdes ucc sericis oe tuto deg nara dus un tege oe puso deg dasxoeg tuus deu dele oet tus ad egdxeud aeu dua qu deu dob oed dus 54 INSCMINGIA Bank Olde c iai MI MEUM ILI ME IUE D 54 Inserting New Slides By Fresh Capturing ccccccccsscccsseeeceeeeeeeececeeceseeeeeseeeesaneesseeesaaees 57 Table of Contents 3 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 INSEMUING MAGES AS Slides sess ccs cne cde 57 Inserting Slides From Another Project eese nennen 57 Inserting Slides From A PowerPoint Presentation ccccecccseeeceeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeseeeaes 58 PACINO VINCI VA e 9 EMEN RO E EMO 58 Editing Project Propere S ETE DOT 59 E clita SS dOn 61 Inserand ODIEGCIS usne teda eee een eee ee eio edicto tenia Eus 61 rziaelseM s aSlecite umet 61 Basic Movement Of Objects ccccceeccceeeecceeeseeeeseeeeeseeeeseeeeeseeeseaeeeseeeesseeesseeeeseeeesaeeeeas 62 Aligning Objects With Each Other Snapping ccccccceceeceeeeeeeceeee
11. 2 This section shows the resources images The currently selected image has a dark blue border around it You can drag any image from here into the slide 3 You can choose between Library resources or Project resources Keep in mind that initially a new project does not have any internal resources till you add them The Audio amp Video Tab 1 Audio O02 2 Tom And Show media in Project C Library Images BS Audio amp Video W Styles This tab has three sections as marked above 1 This is the Toolbar to manage the audio and video resources The buttons work as follows Button Function E Selects to view resources either as thumbnails or as items Using ActivePresenter Windows gt Using The Resources Pane 216 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 e p Adds an audio video clip from the computer or LAN etc xz E Selects the resources that are unused in the current project mem X Hemoves the resource from the Library Project storage area Exports saves the media as a file r This button triggers the Audio Video Resource Properties dialog Show hide toggle the Audio type of media visual filter LT Show hide toggle the Video type of media visual filter 2 This section shows the resources audio and video clips The currently selected resource has a dark blue border around it You can drag
12. Exporting The Project Exporting To HTML5 Simulation 141 ActivePresenter User Manual SCORM Options Version 4 0 Parameter Options Remarks Generate No lf your LMS supports both 1 2 and 2004 versions of SCORM SCORM please choose 2004 version the latest version SCORM1 2 Package SCORM 2004 Bacianc Specify a version that can be used to differentiate manifests Posta with the same identifier For example if you are uploading the same project after modifying it provide a different version number Identifier opecify a name used by the LMS to identify different manifests This value is generated automatically by ActivePresenter but you can change it if needed Organization Title opecify a title for the organization which this item belongs to ActivePresenter automatically generates this value from project name However you can enter a difference text Item Title opecify a title for the item ActivePresenter automatically generates this value from project name However you can enter a difference text Report Options These options let you decide how to report the results of test taken by the student Method Choose between e No Report Do not send report e Email Send report through email e HTTP Send report through HTTP request Format Choose between the reporting formats e XML Document e JSON JavaScript Object Notation Email HTTP This is the HTTP URL or email addr
13. Insert Object Object Type Mouse Click w Settings To Slides amp All Slides 3 Current Slide Specified Slides Cancel This is a two step process 1 The Object Type drop down list offers all available types of objects Select the type of object to be inserted Then click the Settings button to adjust the properties of the selected object type 2 Select the slides in which to insert the object In case you want to specify certain slides only separate their numbers with comma A hyphen indicates range For example the screenshot shows the range 3 6 slide 3 4 5 and 6 Note that the inserted object will have its default properties in all slides You will have to edit the properties of the object in each slide separately Changing Object Style In A Batch Operation You can change the style of any object type ActivePresenter also has a batch operation to find and replace any given object style with another Editing A Project Editing A Slide 70 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 With all objects Having current style Change to style In Slides amp All Slides Current Slide C Specified Slides 1 3 6 9 Include objects shown over multiple slides The window has two parts 1 Select the style to be replaced and the style which should take its place You will need to define the replacement style in advance 2 Select the slides where you want this effect
14. Editing A Project Project Level Editing 56 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 Inserting New Slides By Fresh Capturing This technique is mainly used when your primary project was created using either from PowerPoint or Images and now you want to add complementary slides by capturing the live action on screen while operating a software This is equivalent to launching a new Capture project but with the difference that the newly captured slides are inserted in the current project rather than opening up a new project The new slides from this instant capture project are inserted after the current slide The procedure is same as launching a new Capture project Inserting Images As Slides This technique is mainly used when your primary project was created using either from PowerPoint or Capturing and now you want to add complementary slides by inserting images as slides This is equivalent to launching a new Image project but with the difference that the newly created slides are inserted in the current project rather than opening up a new project The new slides from this instant Image project are inserted after the current slide The procedure is same as launching a new Image project Inserting Slides From Another Project This technique is mainly used when you have launched a Blank project or if you want to add complementary slides in an existing project of any type Often the slide you want are already available i
15. The Demonstration and Tutorial modes are appropriate for teacher to lecture automatically or manually The Practice and Test mode are appropriate for the student to take exercise or examination ActivePresenter allows to you to display hide each object in specific modes For example you might use two different audio narrations for the Demo and the Test modes A brief overview of each mode is given below Demonstration Mode The simulation will automatically run based on your time settings for slides and slide objects in your project When the elapsed time for each slide reaches the slide s duration the presentation jumps to next slide if the current slide is not the last one If toolbar and slides list are available user can navigate to a certain slide pause resume or exit the simulation Note a special case If you export the presentation as a video AVI WMV MP4 MKV or WebM ActivePresenter checks each object s Demo mode settings to decide whether to include it in the video In other words ActivePresenter treats a video like an interactive presentation that is running in demo mode Tutorial Mode In this mode the simulation not only runs based on slides and slide objects time setting but also supports interactive capability User must use mouse or keyboard to interact with interactive objects on each slide ActivePresenter will assess user response and execute associated actions which are defined in authoring time Practice Mo
16. The actual delivery may be in a classroom setting on a projector or via a remote network where the student goes through the presentation using his browser and or reads the documents using a PDF reader or Microsoft Office LibreOffice 6 Assessment Optional The students may be required to take tests These may be used by the teacher presenter to rank the students or to screen them for promotion to the next class Alternatively they may allow the student to obtain the results for a self assessment so that the student can improve in his weak areas The results are produced either directly by the interactive module or by the LMS Reporting is only available when the project is exported in an interactive format HTML5 Flash Capture Profile Capture profile is a set of various options which used during a capture session The primary option in a capture profile is the capture type mode There are two capture types 1 Full Motion Recording FMR ActivePresenter will record the screen like a video camera The result is a slide which contain a video video show exactly what you have done on screen This capture type is mainly used for creating the demonstration video 2 Smart Capture ActivePresenter will take a screenshot each time a mouse button is clicked or a key is pressed The result is a series of slides steps describes how to achieve a specified purpose with the application that you are capturing This capture type is us
17. Play Audio Accept Sound The GUI works the same way as other action tabs such as the On Correct tab the On Rollover tab The On Reject Tab This tab is used by drop target objects It defines actions to be taken when the drop target rejects a drag source Using ActivePresenter Windows gt Using The Event Editor 196 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 Accepted Drag Sources On Accept On Reject On Rollover On Rollout Actions to be performed when user drops rejected objects on this object Action Play Audio Reject Sound The GUI works the same way as other action tabs such as the On Correct tab the On Rollover tab Using The Image Editor Before we proceed it is important to understand that the Image editor is meant to be a quick and dirty raster editor It is not designed for extensive editing of images The shapes you add to the image e g line polygon etc are immediately merged with the existing image You can not select them later and change their properties that is possible in a vector editor like InkScape e f you want to be able to edit the objects later insert shapes directly on the slide rather than editing the image e lf you need fine control on the editing process use a full fledged editor like GIMP a raster editor or In
18. The snap mode applies to the following elements e In Ruler area Playhead start marker of the range end marker of the range e Inthe Time Bars of objects Starting edge ending edge all markers inside the bar e Others beginning of slide slide s duration as entered in the Properties pane actual end of slide When a snapping takes place ActivePresenter shows an orange vertical line at that point of time to draw your attention Now it is up to you whether to drop the dragged element there or keep dragging This helps us to synchronize the dragged element precisely with some other element in the Timeline The following experiment shows what happens when drag the object s time bar from right to left Figure 1 highlights all elements that are snappable The red marker in the slide s time bar marks the original duration of the slide and it is a snappable element too However the slide s actual duration appears to extend beyond this red marker because as soon as dragged the object s time bar to the right for this experiment ActivePresenter automatically extended the slide s duration to accommodate this object Using ActivePresenter Windows Using The Timeline 229 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 In the subsequent figures different elements snap together as shown with an orange vertical line The object s time bar gives little jumps at these points If you release the LMB it will lock there 0 00 0 05 Tus o 0 13 84
19. To convert objects into drag sources 1 Select objects Please note that you can converting multiple objects at once 2 Change their Type in Drag n Drop section of the Properties pane to Drag Source Boundary Text Margin gt 3 5 Start Time ms Duration 3000 ms Show In Mode Demonstration Tutorial Practice Test Transition Effects Drag n Drop Type Drag Source Effect None Revert Drag source properties e Effect Specify the effect for selected drag sources The effect is displayed when users drag these objects e Revert Specify whether the selected drag sources are sent back to their original positions if they are dropped outside drop targets Drop Target Any Image Shape Highlight or Text Caption object can be converted into a drop target except e Objects show across multiple slides e Objects are showed by Show Object actions e Objects are elements of Questions excluding Drag n Drop Question Editing A Project Advanced Editing 81 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 By default a light orange marker is displayed to indicate that an object is a drop target This marker is used only in the editor it does not appear in any output format You can also turn off this marker from View Show Drag Drop menu To convert objects into drop targets 1 Select objects Please note that you can converting multiple objects at once 2 Change their Type in Drag n Drop section of the Properties pane to Dr
20. ccccccccsseecceseesecceeceeeeceeseeeeceeseeeeeeeseaeees 74 Eliminating And Preventing Any Disturbing Soungds ccccsecceeeeeeeeeeeseeeeseeeeeseeeesaaees 74 selecting Your RECOrdinG EGUMEN neire crede E eo ede im us crei da einen pet bett mmi 74 Setting Up Your Equipment Correctly seeesseeesesesseeenennnnnnn nennen 75 General Tips FOr ReECordINO cies irena reed T a Lua d 75 SPUNI ASA E aaan 75 Adding Navigational Elemen Gessie E eene p Dente n eed iei Eden educa 76 POW ANIC ELE MUNO 25 9 0 8 9 sect erect Uk mctu Gana caesos a spaetulit acter dnd 76 Making The Project Interactive iaceo cas Seda rac ede das ida Seat edie daa Ee Tad esti emos daca ia nada 76 How Interactive Objects BENaVE ccceecccseccsececeeecceeeceucecuecsueeceucesseessusesseeeseeeseueeneeeeaas 76 The Trigger Gonditions a kK d EVentsS mi EHE LINE IRAN IMIMRNIIM IMEEM 77 NS PCT ONS torrie ore arta T Er T 78 Table of Contents 4 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 SEUNG US The Interaetlofis usa rane a 80 Creating Drag and Drop Interactions cccccccccssececeeeeceeeeeeeeeesseeeeceueessueeeseueessaeeeseueesseeesees 80 Dag oll Ended eua EE 80 Be opal ke e iR T S E UMS PN PR MIRROR 81 DODAO daina a3 Drao mDr OWS STON ERR m 83 Drao Drop GOMMCC Ol E o a 84 Tips for Creating Drag and Drop Interactions
21. e Clears text in all text fields for Text Box and Question objects that contain a text box e Un checks the radio buttons or check boxes for Question objects e Send dropped drag sources to theirs original position setting Up The Interactions The actual interactions are set using the Event Editor To invoke the Event Editor for each interaction object you can use one of following methods e Double click on the interaction object or e Select the interaction object then select the Event property in the Properties pane Creating Drag and Drop Interactions Drag and drop is a visual and eye catching interaction that allows user to drag an object and drop it onto another object A drag n drop interaction needs an object that can be dragged and a place or object to drop it ActvePresenter calls them drag source and drop target respectively Drag Source You can turn any Image Shape Highlight or Text Caption object into a drag source except e Objects show across multiple slides e Objects are showed by Show Object actions Editing A Project gt Advanced Editing 80 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 e Objects are elements of Questions excluding Drag n Drop Question By default a light green marker is displayed to indicate that an object is a drag source This marker is used only in the editor it does not appear in any output format You can also turn off this marker from View Show Drag Drop menu
22. images are inserted in other files that file also will Grayscale 8 bit become large Format Due to their specs and compression algorithms JPEG is best suited for pictures while PNG is best suited for computer generated images screenshots drawings Note that JPEG compression is lossy while PNG is lossless so PNG retains crystal clear quality but the downside of PNG is that it does not compress well with pictures very big file size and the decoding when viewing is slower than JPEG However screenshots are compressed better with PNG the file has small size Exporting The Project Exporting To Microsoft PowerPoint Presentation 132 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 Optimization None These are relative compression levels Note that the Level Ww higher the compression level the longer it takes to export Normal M e Select None when testing the output e Select Ultra or High when exporting the final Ultra result This option is only available if the PNG image format is selected Range 1 to 100 The higher the quality the larger the output file size This option is only available if the JPEG image format is selected Output location Template Location of the template file which the file has to use Output File Specify the file path and name of exported presentation Exporting The Project Exporting To Microsoft PowerPoint Presentation 133 ActiveP
23. 3 When you are satisfied with the gain setting press the 2 button to stop the recording 4 Now press the p button to play your recorded voice If the sound has any defects e g breathing noise take care of the problem and repeat steps 1 4 Sometimes the problem may be in positioning of the microphone Automatic calibration 1 Press the Auto Calibrate button and use the microphone normally The Auto Calibrate button turns into Stop Calibration You can press it to stop the calibration any time 2 Continue speaking so that ActivePresenter can automatically optimize the gain After a few seconds the button reverts to Auto Calibrate button This indicates that the calibration is over Regardless of the calibration method the volume adjustment is accepted only when the OK button is pressed If you press the Cancel button the new value will be discarded and the old value will continue Using ActivePresenter Windows Using Calibrate Audio Input dialog 240 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 Using Output Language Editor The Output Language Editor window is shown when you click the Edit Output Language button in the Export To HTML5 Flash Simulation dialog It allows you to modify the current translation of texts in the output or add the translation for non supported languages Project Lanquage French Name Show Slide List Montrer la liste de diapositives Total maximum allowed time has passed Le temps est coul Minimi
24. Ctrl X Ctrl C Ctrl V Delete Delete Select All Ctrl Show Slide Duration Use Fixed Thumbnails Size Inserting Slides At this stage you are likely to find that the presentation has some gaps in it ActivePresenter allows you to insert additional slides using the following techniques 1 Insert blank slides and then insert any desired elements in them 2 Create new slides by fresh screen capturing 3 Create new slides by importing images 4 Copy slides from another ActivePresenter project Either an archived project or a project where you inserted content of different type 5 Create new slides from a PowerPoint file These options are described in depth below Inserting A Blank Slide A blank slide acts as a blank canvas a placeholder for other objects For example if you want to add an image video or audio clip in a project you need a slide Now this slide can be an already existing slide one that already contains other objects But usually objects like a video clip do not share screen space with other objects unless you want to show the video in a part of a screen like Picture in Picture Therefore you need a blank slide Some important uses of a blank slide are as follows 1 Make the title of the presentation Editing A Project Project Level Editing 54 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 pe Ew D X If you have divided your presentation in different chapters topics make title of the chapters In
25. However higher fidelity also increases the file size as more data needs to be stored The most popular sampling rates are listed here Channels Choose from Mono and Stereo Unless you are opting for a studio recorded sound track Mono is sufficient During playback the sound card feeds the same sound in left and right channels otereo recording needs double the storage size as compared to Mono Bit Rate This is the amount of compressed data needed to store one second of sound Higher the bit rate better the audio quality and larger the file size This option is only available if the MP3 audio codec is selected because ActivePresenter encodes the MP3 audio in constant bit rate mode Quality ActivePresenter allows you to select a quality level between 1 min and 100 max The higher the number you select the better is the audio quality and the larger is the file size This option is only available if the Vorbis audio codec is selected because ActivePresenter encodes the Vorbis audio in constant quality mode Using ActivePresenter Windows Using The Capture Profile Editor 168 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 The Cursor Tab General Mouse Cursor Record Mouse Cursor Show Mouse in Full Motion Recording Mode Add Mouse Click Sound Use Simple Cursor Path Cursor Highlight Highlight Cursor Shape Circle Colour 2 Opacity 100 Size
26. Next select an image from either library or from your file collection 2 You can change the opacity of this image with the Opacity slider 3 or enter the value in the input box 255 fully opaque You can colorize the image superimpose a color by using the hue slider 4 or enter the value in the input box Inherit From Base otyle The style is copied from the template style supplied with ActivePresenter ActivePresenter comes with multiple base styles You can switch to any of them To change the base style click on the Change Base style button The following window pops up Using ActivePresenter Windows Using The Properties Window 208 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 Abc Key Stroke Mouse Click Mouse Hover Button Abc Abc Abc Text Caption Corect Mes Incorect M Incomplete Complete Abc Show styles in amp Library C Project Cancel Select any style and press OK Using your own style In the Select Base style window see above you can opt to create your own style Just click on the button A new Properties window appears Now set all properties and save under a new style name From this moment this new style will be available Be careful about where you are adding this style Style added in Project will not be available to other projects If you add the style in Library it will be available to other projects
27. To open any node click on the button on the left of it The node expands to show the options contained in it 2 Click on any option to set its hot key Customizing ActivePresenter Customizing The Preferences 320 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 3 The hot key that is currently assigned to this activity in this case to start a new capture project is displayed here 4 You can remove the assigned hot key 5 To assign a new hot key to the function first click in the input box and then press the hot Key In this example we have pressed CTRL C which is automatically captured and displayed in the input box In fact ActivePresenter detected that this hot key is currently assigned to the copy function Now you have two options Either try another hot key and repeat the cycle or press the Add button to re assign the CTRL C hot key to start a new capture project function Naturally this hot key will no longer be assigned to the copy function 6 If your experiments go haywire you can always restore to the defaults by pressing this button All your hot key customization will be removed Customizing ActivePresenter gt Customizing The Preferences 321 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 The Miscellaneous Tab This tab is a catch all tab It contains program options that could not be placed in the other tabs
28. User forum The User Forum answers all your queries But it is always best to first check whether your query is already listed in the FAQ section If you have any features in mind you can also post a new feature request General The Multi tier Help System 27 ActivePresenter User Manual Email support If everything else fails you can send an email to the support team Version 4 0 Phone support For urgent support needs contact 844 3755 8373 General The Multi tier Help System 28 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 Creating A New Project In this chapter we will see how to launch a new project Planning A Project You begin a project with certain deliverable items in mind Here are a few sample outcomes 1 Video Presentation group training demo teaser video kiosk based interactive mode Flash Banner for a website flash screen PDF Brochure handout for a lecture exhibition PowerPoint Presentation UI d Xe TI E Learning Course for LMS Interactive training course with score management 6 Images Material to create further documents Note that often you will want more than one outcomes from a single project For example you may want to create a video a flash banner for a website and a pdf brochure If you miss any of the expected outputs or if your client adds a requirement later you may have to repeat the project with different settings Therefore you must begi
29. When you start the first line of the CC Stack is already loaded in the Text Editor Click in the text box and enter the CC text As you edit the line this change is reflected live in the CC stack 3 o Avoid long sentences and multi line text because your audience cannot read long lines while they are trying to study the slide o You can create a multiple row CC line as shown in the screenshot above To create the second row just press Enter ActivePresenter stores a line break as br If you want to remove the line break delete br Next define the start time and the end time for this particular CC line o The star end times are in milliseconds gt Starting of the slide is taken as reference t 0 If the Change focus to text editor when selecting a caption check box is selected whenever you click on any line in the CC stack 3 ActivePresenter automatically shifts the focus to the Text Editor so that you can start editing that line straightaway If this check box is not selected the focus remains within the CC Stack 2 This is the TTS Text To Speech section Each CC line can be converted to speech with its own individual setting of voice speed and volume Click on the Speak button to check the audio with the current settings If you are not satisfied change the settings and try again This button is only for trying out the settings It does not create the TTS audio o Ifthe speed is too fast the voice wi
30. You can select all slides current slide or specific slides The check box at the bottom includes objects that are shared over multiple slides Changing Object Transitions In A Batch Operation The transitions of an object is a matter of personal taste Therefore you may have set the transitions according to your taste Now suppose your boss does not like it How to change them now Worry not ActivePresenter helps you to change the transition effects in all objects or only for the selected objects in one stroke using a batch operation Use the Edit Change Transition Effects for Multiple Objects menu option A window opens Editing A Project Editing A Slide 71 ActivePresenter User Manual Transition Effects Entrance None Exit None For Objects Annotations Shape Text Caption _ Highlight _ Image Video Gesture Effect Select All Duration tris 500 Duration ms 500 Interactions Mouse Click _ Mouse Hover Button Text Box Key Stroke Question _ Drop Area Select All Version 4 0 Direction From Left Direction To Left Messages Correct _ Incorrect _ Hint Complete _ Incomplete Timeout Select All In Slides All Slides J Current Slide O Specified Slides 1 3 6 9 Include objects shown over multiple slides Cancel It has three sections which are to be used as follows 1 Select the
31. e Reject The drop target does not accept the new dropped object The dropped object is sent back to its original position and the On Reject event is triggered e Replace the Last The last dropped object is sent back to its original position the new dropped object is accepted Of course the On Accept event is triggered in this case 2 Specify drag sources that can be accepted by the drop target You can select deselect the Accept All checkbox to select clear all accepted drag sources e When a non accepted drag source is dropped it is sent back to its original position and the On Reject event is triggered e When an accepted drag source is dropped if the number of already dropped object is smaller than the maximum accepted objects specified in the first step the drag source is accepted and the On Accept event is triggered Otherwise the output simulation acts as described in the first step 3 Specify actions to be taken when each drag source is accepted When the user drops a drag source and it is actually accepted i e not rejected as described in the first step these actions are executed first before executing the actions in the On Accept tab 4 These buttons are used to add remove order the actions for each accepted drag source You cannot change the order of the accepted drag sources simply because they need not Using ActivePresenter Windows Using The Event Editor 184 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 be
32. 1 The Toolbar contains controls to play and edit the objects in the slide We will see its functions later 2 he Time Ruler shows the time axis in mm ss format For duration longer than 1 hour the display changes to hh mm ss format The time axis starts with O This is the instant when the slide starts playing 3 This is the Start marker 4 This is the End marker The slice of Timeline between the start marker 3 and the end marker 4 is known as selected range often called just range It is shown darkened in the Timeline pane A range has two main purposes o You can check out a range by playing the contents repeatedly and making small adjustments till things become perfect o Range Editing functions like cut range copy range delete range and crop to range work only when a range is defined first 5 This is the playhead the position at which ActivePresenter will play the slide Notice that a vertical line runs across the pane By default the Timeline pane does not display the start marker 3 the end marker 4 or the playhead 5 To create them click anywhere on the Ruler 2 ActivePresenter creates all three at the same spot on the Ruler Using ActivePresenter Windows Using The Timeline 220 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 4 E 5 6 Now drag the markers to any desired position to set the range You can click on the playhead and drag it horizontally to play the slide at different moments This
33. Generally you need to take the screenshot of an application so this list should satisfy your needs The button refreshes the drop down list of all running applications If you have started a new Objects gt Introduction To Objects 286 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 application recently use this button to include it in the list e The Fit To Application button fits the window of the selected target application to the target seeker window s current size e The Fit To Boundary button fits re sizes the target seeker window to the selected target application s window The Wait for control allows you to take the snap after a delay defined in milliseconds Use this delay to quickly interact with the target application after you and capture its response To take the screenshot click on the Take Screenshot button ocreenshot Options The Annotation Screenshot menu or the Li button also contains a few options as explained below Note that the first three options work only when capturing a window at any level not when you are capturing a region or an object e Capture shadow Windows Vista or later When an application s window is in non maximized state the Windows OS casts a drop shadow around its border ActivePresenter has the option to capture this shadow while taking a screenshot of the target window Note that this drop shadow is treated as part of the image and not a shadow property of the screensh
34. HTML5 Simulation Drag n Drop Preview All Slides More shape types Lines Arrows and more Ac vePresenter ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 Table of Contents Table Ot COLIGFTiISusseemai mpm FII MER PIU ERR OM RIED FTD P VOIE HEC IN OPIDI EREr OIM XB oUDML R CPI IUS NITAPIR dt Ia GU 2 POOUE TIS I II NM a 11 jtf fo UTC all lars SIE 1a 18 IS UTRIUS 11 HATESMOCCUAUGIEM CO NETTE TT TTD DD TTD 12 POW NOs DSeSImIS Manda tasse ox e tbe d a 4 cautery on RE tete a dao 13 PTS U SCO METTI TL A 13 BIE GSN E CETTE 13 eleifen CERTE T E T E TO 14 NS ES IONE TT OS eG ums vurepeigtuewr uou Rp cuan adele el veu Du pa SS Nw et Sau oo SUD t La e Ro rct Su o SS PU EM 14 Getting The Latest User Mantal usui a ttr epe tm e phu gie polum ami pon md natu 14 What s New In This Version Of User Manual seseeseeenmm mmn 14 SIC TITIUS T TNNT 15 Basi ocreercdstig GOMCE DIS coco ae eon R pa ee stans x esa A 15 SCC SISO NN TD m 15 lecce AS ENC MT i E UT ead E A eee eee eae 15 ODEON MM RECON DES REEL PTATEM 16 Slide BaCk Ground Mr 17 olde 1810 3 RI T T T ML 18 misce elTc 18 How Resources Come Into A Project cccceececssececeececeeeeeceeeesseeeeseuseseeesseeeesesesseeeeseaees 18 Sle dckeee ee rm 18 ODJECE SVIE siio inten tse e nde TE uses aeg tut usps ae utut as sepid etx aeg putusdoptd suns dur 19 DUAL Y ce duactcosatsia creck M MIN alee aacua eatin ME II LIN C PI MESI IDCM III SII D
35. Introduction To Objects 288 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 The drop down list allows you to select the input device which depends on the hardware you use Line input Mic input etc The ho button starts the recording The button stops the recording The button lets you adjust the level of input sound The Calibrate Input button lets you calibrate the input sound level so that you do not have either too faint a sound or a distorted sound The calibration is explained here 3 his section converts text to sound Click in the box and type any text here Alternatively copy text from other document or web page and paste it here Now press the Generate button The generated audio appears in the top section of the window 1 If you want you can adjust the TTS settings by clicking on the Settings button This pops up another window Settings Voice Microsoft David Desktop English United States 0 100 Speed 0 Volume Preview This is a trial TTS sentence Select a TTS voice and adjust the speed and volume To check out the settings enter a test sentence in the Preview box and then click on the Speak button The Reset button at the top restores the default settings You can associate another object with the icon Just double click on the icon The window appears again Now select any other audio object and press OK Display Styles of Audio Objects Depending on how the audio objects are
36. Now ActivePresenter hides in the system tray and captures the target application Work with the target application as usual After you have finished the action to be captured click on the 3l button in the system tray This action pops up the ActivePresenter recording pane li E X Pause Stop Discard You have now the following options 1 Click on the Pause button to pause the recording The idea Is to skip recording for a while and resume later 2 Click on the Stop button This ends the recording and lets you edit the recorded project 3 Click on the Discard button This aborts the current recording and discards the recorded project When you press the Stop button ActivePresenter automatically enters edit mode The editing techniques are described in the next chapter Creating A Project From PowerPoint Presentation This is the second content generation method where slides from a PowerPoint presentation are used instead of recording the target application We will again launch ActivePresenter and on the welcome screen select the third New Project option A New Project window pops up Creating A New Project Creating A Project From PowerPoint Presentation 37 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 Project hz u E Save in l C Users 4tomiDocuments ActivePresenters Unti New Capture Browse Import from presentation Blank Project Enter the following details 1 Select the Import PowerPoint
37. Text Box I Insert a Text Box object Key Stroke gt Insert a Key Stroke object Mouse Hover Insert a Mouse Hover object Drop Area a 1g Ile Insert a Drop Area object True False Insert a True False type question object Menus And Shortcuts Interaction Menu 301 ActivePresenter User Manual Multiple Choice Version 4 0 Insert a Multiple Choice type question object Multiple Response Insert a Multiple Response type question object Essay Insert an Essay type question object Fill in Blank Insert a Fill In The Blank type question object Fill in Multiple Blank Insert a Fill In Multiple Blank type question object oequence Insert a Sequence type question object Export Menu Menu option Shortcut Button Remarks Images Export slides as individual images Video E Export as a video specify the output format from AVI WMV MPEG4 and WebM Flash Video FLV Export as flash video interactive HTML SlideShow Export the slides as HTML slideshow PDF Document f Export as a pdf file Microsoft Word Export as MS Word file Microsoft Excel Fs s Export as MS Excel file Microsoft PowerPoint Export as Microsoft PowerPoint file HTML5 Simulation c a Export as HTML5 Simulation Flash Simulation Export as Flash Simulation Menu
38. The Line Section In this section you can customize the outline of the shape You can select from the following options Option Remarks No line There is no line at all Using ActivePresenter Windows gt Using The Properties Window 209 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 Solid line Line Style Width Cap Type Round we 1 Join Type Round E 2 0 Dash Pattern 5alid Solid Line uc 2 Opacity This option lets you customize the line You can set the following e Line width 1 in pixels e Cap type Round square 2 Note This property matters only in an open curve where you can see the end of a line At present ActivePresenter has only closed shapes e Join type Round Bevel Miter 3 This property changes the look and feel of joints See how a call out looks different with these joints e Dash pattern Solid dot dash dot dash 4 e Color of the line 5 e Opacity 6 move slider or enter the number 255 fully opaque Using ActivePresenter Windows Using The Properties Window 210 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 Inherit from See the discussion in the Fill section the base style The Text Section This section customizes the text placed in the object You have the following options Option Remarks Custom style This section provides multiple formatting options for the text Inherit from See the
39. Turn off all such applications Put your mobile in Silent mode or better switch it off Do a short test recording to make sure that your audio is being recorded without any distortion oelecting Your Recording Equipment Buy the best possible microphone look for high sensitivity figures USB microphones use less computer resources and record better audio than an analog microphone If you are using a microphone on a stand goose neck select the stand such that you are able to sit with correct posture you should not have to lean too forward or bend down to speak into the microphone Wrong posture will not only spoil your voice delivery but it will also be tiring for long Editing A Project Editing A Slide 74 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 duration recordings Use a microphone stand with a stable base that does not wobble and create noise Use a microphone with a wind shield they are available in two forms foam cover or diaphragm oetting Up Your Equipment Correctly Make sure your computer table is not wobbly and your keyboard is stable on an even surface Keep your keyboard as away from microphone as possible otherwise you will end up recording the tapping noise Avoid hammering your keyboard when you type Place a folded cloth under the keyboard to soften its sound If the microphone is kept too near your nose it will pick up the noise of your breathing If the microphone is kept too near your mouth
40. Zoom scale How much to zoom in Customizing ActivePresenter Customizing The Preferences 315 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 Group 3 Elements The following screenshot shows properties for Cursor Path which is a unique type of element placed in Group 3 General Interaction Annotation Auto Annotation Text Hotkeys Miscellaneous Block Shapes Show in Mode edt Demonstration Tutorial _ Practice Double Arrow Highlight Spotlight Type None Color w Opacity 100 Feedback Text Caption Movement Path Cursor Shape Question Title Answer Label Straight Correct Incorrect Hint Click Sound Complete Incomplete nop Right click Mouse Click 2 Reject Timeout Left double click Mouse Double Click 1 Image Audio Click Effect video Left click Gesture Effect Cursor Path Type Circle oom n Pan z Closed Caption Right click Em Type Circe mg a Cursor Highlight Change Cursor Left click Mouse Click 1 Left double click Type Concentric Circles w Sie 20 Restore Defaults Cancel It has the following properties Show in mode State whether to show this element in the four modes Demonstration Tutorial Practice and Test Select one or more modes Cursor highlight type Select between none circle and square Movement path oelect between e Straight The actual path of the mouse cursor is replaced by straight lines between clicks e Curve
41. a EET EET E DLL DET 126 Advanced OPON Sannn uide un sep Up MEE pM IN EM LIST 129 Exporting To Microsoft PowerPoint Presentation cccccccsececeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeseeeeaeeesaees 131 r Ja ciBle sae rm 131 Advanced OUONS c 134 Exporting TO HTMES SIMUIATION 5e ist patres etait ua cusDs E tu Rte torret 136 raeneral ODUOFIS Soto iexei oi eerie Dee ey mene Lo dedu bla io cee Sn many ney Oc eee ar eee eee er ee nr ere 137 PONWANCCE OOM T0 RTT ERUNT RETE 141 Mzezelefogc m 144 Exporting ro FlASH OUMUIAUOM siad diosa cau one de maa scio Setup at mui Pts a mid disi a aa Aud 146 General COONS PITE TODO 146 Advanced ODON e mE 150 Julstes Ifo T8 MERERETUR TRETEN 152 FS DOUG Celio CNN EO TO D DT 153 Segue due e TR UT UT 153 Report Formals wives sec soa rg ou exei Eye FR poa E ERES Rau E err epa Sra eu S RUE ERE ENDE XR Ee Ma REL RUE 154 missio lal E PEE 154 REDON Ino sv OMIA adesto cn Dada duin cas ananes band tema aint aust una IS Nan d AME 155 Repor IT IVIL Forma eps A AAS 155 Depot HI SON ORV A issue datur un imt reditus wena tind rvle niue mte addant mana tind vai anda eem ru dt ans 156 Transmission eDODD oseuda ie oe dites e neta Seba ceteri Selecta t venta a iesu te toD eL Mcr Us 157 Other Uses OI AGIUVePresSerler icio i a usd uiva belua on uiuos iE 158 AcuvePr senter AS Image EGITOE assis Donau bean uen Ren a ean pena rau ran uS Ranma A AE 158 ActivePresenter As Image Format Converter ccccccseeeecs
42. and enter any number In this example if the user clicks or double clicks the LMB he will earn 4 points If he clicks CTRL Left click or ALT Right click he will earn 3 points 3 he Action by event check box allows you to add multiple actions for each event When you click in this check box the Actions column is activated in the pane below Now you can double click in any cell in the Actions column and select an action from the drop down list In our example the first two events trigger two actions each Using ActivePresenter Windows Using The Event Editor 175 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 e lf the user left clicks ActivePresenter will open a website and then continue the presentation e lf the user CT RL Left clicks ActivePresenter will send an email and the end the presentation 4 These buttons are used to organize the entries in the bottom pane The oF button adds a new action to the selected row e lf you had clicked in the Event column this button adds an event e f you had clicked in the Action column this button adds an action within the same event In this way you can associate multiple actions with a given event The button removes the selected row e f you had clicked in the Event row this button deletes the event and all its actions e f you had clicked in the Action column this button removes the action but does not affect the Event row The f and buttons move the sele
43. curved Observe the progression in figures 12 3 and also figures 45 56 2 As the diamond is turned away from the straight line connecting the start point and the end point the curve also moves away from the center line This shift is even more pronounced when the diamond is farther away from the end point Compare figures 1 4 2 5 and 3 6 To replace the original pointer with other shapes double click on any end point ActivePresenter Objects Introduction To Objects 270 ActivePresenter User Manual pops up a cursor selector window EHETRXTEETTETEIS EDADE Mone T windows 2 windows 3 windows 4 windows ERE 5 windows 6 windows window 5 WIndows 9 windows Show images in Library O Project Cancel Version 4 0 Make sure that Library option is selected at the bottom the project is not likely to have any shape resources Select any shape pointer and press OK In the following example we have added a few points to the original line and also changed the cursor for each of those interim points When rendered this line will keep changing the cursor shape along the way Also note how graceful the movement is thanks to use of four control points Now let us manipulate the same cursor movement in time Objects Introduction To Objects 2 1 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 The following screenshot shows the actual movement on the screen and correspond
44. Add the function to expand collapse the view of question object in Timeline 222 New Add the function to preview multiple slides in Timeline What s New gt Customizing The Preferences 325 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 268 New Add Gesture Effect annotations 241 New Using Output Language Editor 309 New Export Import the Library and Configuration of ActivePresenter 80 Modified Enhance Show Object action supports Audio Video non blocking mode 266 Modified Add more shapes lines and arrows 228 Modified Height of object time bars in Timeline which contain audio is adjustable 229 Modified Explanation of Object started by event marker in Time Bar 50 Modified Naming The Slides 52 Modified Sorting The Slides 59 Modified Editing Project Properties The Project Language option is added 167 Modified FMR Settings and Audio Settings in Capture Profile Editor 99 Modified Exporting To Images the Only Export Active Window Area option is added 102 Modified Exporting To Video e Change options related to Closed Captions e Change the range of video quality option e Add the audio quality option e Add the MKV format 107 Modified Exporting To Flash Video e Change options related to Closed Captions e Change the range of video quality option 112 Modified Exporting To HTML SlideShow the Only Export Active Window Area option is added 116 Modified Exp
45. Annotation and Interaction for Mouse event Annotation Mouse Click Interaction Mouse Click Feedbacks Correct Incorrect Add Annotation and Interaction for Keyboard event Annotation Key Stroke Text Box Interaction Key Stroke Text Box Feedbacks Correct Incorrect Place annotations inside active window area Use OLE Automation for Microsoft Office The annotation tab has two main sections one for the mouse and the other for the keyboard Both sections have identical options as follows Option Remarks Annotation To introduce an annotation mouse key that is about to occur or to guide the learners how to operate Annotation is usually used for demonstration and training Correct Correct Incorrect and Hint message are feedback objects ActivePresenter Message presentations can provide a feedback to the viewer s action when he interacts Income with the HTML5 Flash simulation in Tutorial Practice or Test mode but not in Message pene Hint The Correct Message is displayed if user action is correct Message Conversely the Incorrect Message is displayed if user action is incorrect The Hint Message is displayed when user hovers the mouse over the interactive object Mouse Click Key Stroke See the demo for an example of interactive objects and feedback messages Using ActivePresenter Windows gt Using The Capture Profile Editor 171 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 When t
46. Blank and Essay e The user leaves all check boxes or radio buttons unchecked in case of True False Multiple Choice or Multiple Hesponse Question e The user leaves all drop targets empty do not contain any drag source in Drag n Drop Question On Timeout When the user does not respond within the specified time On Rollover When the mouse rolls over the shape of the object enters the boundary of the shape On Rollout When the mouse rolls out of the shape of the object exits from the boundary of the shape On Accept When the user drops any accepted drag sources on the drop target On Reject When the user drops any rejected drag sources on the drop target The Actions In response to those trigger conditions you can take the following actions Option Remarks Continue The effect depends on the current state of the presentation e Ifthe presentation is playing this action does not change anything e Ifthe presentation had paused this action will continue playing the Editing A Project Advanced Editing 78 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 presentation from the time it is paused But how is a presentation paused in the first place Well you can pause a presentation in two ways e Click in the Pause check box in the Settings tab for any interactive object In this case when the object is played the presentation will pause e Execute the Pause Presentation action see be
47. Capturing An Application or Region To capture a screenshot of the top level window of the target application or a rectangular region of the screen select the _ Application or Region option A target seeker window pops up as shown below A cross hair in the middle of this window indicates that this is a target seeker window e Drag and position this window around the target part of the screen e Re size the window by dragging its handles tiny squares at the corners and middle of all sides The screenshot command window Screenshot Usage Insert as image to current slide Insert as new slide next to current slide Screenshot size Width 640 gt Height 480 Preset Sizes Application Optionally select an application Fit To Application Fit To Boundary Wait for ms 500 Take Screenshot Cancel This window works as follows The Screenshot Usage section allows you to insert the screenshot as an image in the current slide and or as a background image of a new slide that is inserted after the current slide The Screenshot size section allows you to set the size precisely instead of setting the size visually by adjusting the target seeker window When you set a size the target seeker window re sizes to that specified size The Preset sizes button allows you to select from pre defined sizes The Application section provides you a drop down list of all applications running on this PC that have a visible window
48. Library and current project 3 Styles Provides default styles provided in ActivePresenter and your own customized styles from the current project Let us see these tabs in more details Using ActivePresenter Windows Using The Resources Pane 214 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 The Images Tab 1 flower 2 taj mahal 3 mahal Show images in es Library e Project El Images fi Audio amp Video A Styles This tab has three sections as marked above 1 This is the Toolbar to manage image resources The buttons work as follows Button Function oe Selects to view resources either as thumbnails or as items n Adds an image from the computer or LAN etc x stile Selects the resources that are unused in the current project Removes the resource from the Library Project storage area Saves the image as a file Launches the Image Editor and loads the image in it Hm I This button triggers the Image Resource Properties dialog Using ActivePresenter Windows gt Using The Resources Pane 215 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 Show hide toggle the Slide background type of images visual filter Show hide toggle the Object background type of images visual filter Show hide toggle the Cursor type of images visual filter Show hide toggle the deprecated images balloons in the Library visual filter
49. Minutes 0 Seconds 0 Cancel It has three sections as shown above 1 Attempts Max Attempts After the user makes the predefined number of attempts the interactive object will be disabled The user can t interact with it anymore Infinite This check box overrides the number of attempts defined at the left 2 Pause Pause to wait for user input presentation However the user can still interact with the interactive objects The presentation This is indefinite pause All objects stop playing as seen on the Timeline pane resumes when one of the following actions is executed Continue Presentation End Presentation Go to Slide Go to Slide at Index Go Forward or Go Backward Using ActivePresenter Windows gt Using The Event Editor 188 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 oo if the author selects this option he must define one of above actions in the On Correct tab and in the On Incorrect tab for the Last attempt In fact when the author inserts a new interactive object ActivePresenter provides default actions After showing object xxx milliseconds This time is relative to the Starting instant for the interactive object For example if xxx is 1000 ms the presentation is paused when the interactive object is displayed for 1000 ms Just before hiding object Here the presentation is paused just before the hiding transition of an object begins In
50. Range 10 to 150 The size is relative to canvas size selected at the in steps of 10 beginning of the project you can check this out at any time by using the Project gt project Information menu option Note that ActivePresenter only works with logical size i e pixels However when displayed printed the physical size depends on pixels and the dpi dots per inch setting of the displaying printing device Color Depth True Colors 24 bit Higher color depth makes the presentation look 256 Colors 8 bit stunning But it also Increases the file size When the images are inserted in other files that file also will Grayscale 8 bit become large Format Due to their specs and compression algorithms JPEG is best suited for pictures while PNG is best suited for computer generated images screenshots drawings Note that JPEG compression is lossy while PNG is lossless so PNG retains crystal clear quality but the downside of PNG is that it does not compress well with pictures very big file size and the decoding when viewing is slower than JPEG However screenshots are compressed better with PNG the file has small size and there is no loss of quality Optimization These are relative compression levels Note that the Level higher the compression level the longer it takes to export e Select None when testing the output e Select Ultra or High when exporting the final result This option is only available if th
51. The behavioral properties are accessible only through the Properties pane or the Edit Preferences menu where you have to enter values and then check how that has changed the behavior of the object In the following sections we will take up all objects one by one and understand their properties Since the physical properties are similar in all objects we will check them out first Property Remarks Name Name of the element This is simply a unique name generated by ActivePresenter Shape Click on the right hand blank cell to reveal a drop down list of twelve shapes Audio Click This property refers to the sound associated with the object sound e For Mouse Click object the property is named Click Sound the attached sound is played when user clicks on the object e For others types of objects the property is named Audio the attached sound is played when the object starts showing Boundary The edges of the frame that encloses the shape measured from the top left corner of the canvas LeftiLeft edge of the frame Top Top edge of the frame Width Width of the frame Height Height of the frame AutoFit Text When this option is selected the frame automatically changes its size to fit the text Text margin Minimum margin between the frame and the text around it Lefti Minimum margin on the left side Top Minimum margin on the top side Right Minimum margin on the right
52. Tips for recording Let us see some details for each Choosing A Quiet And Comfortable Location Record in a quiet location Avoid recording in a public shared location If possible you should be alone in the recording room with complete silence prevailing Place a Silence please notice outside your door to let others know that you are recording Avoid using a large bare room as it produces echos Placing furniture books and curtains in the room absorbs the echoes For best results hang heavy curtains on walls also Eliminating And Preventing Any Disturbing Sounds Most home office areas do have ambient noises e Noise of traffic on the road e Insects birds e Music playing e Your colleagues friends family talking or yelling to each other or on phone e Wind noise or air blown by an overhead AC vent e Creaking of your chair when you move e Pets children making a noise e Humming of your PC fan or an overhead fan Normally we are not aware of these constant noises because our brain tunes them out naturally However when the same noises are heard during your presentation your audience would be distracted To check for ambient noises leave the microphone on for a couple of minutes without speaking and then play back that recording If you hear anything at all you will have to address the source of that noise Your PC may be running applications e g chat clients that pop up messages frequently or produce alert sounds
53. Title Video Thumbnail C i None Select a slide image from project slide Index Select an image from file Location SCORM related Options 1 0 Identifier SCORM PACKAGE Presentation Presentation Parameter Options Remarks Generate SCORM NO If your LMS supports both 1 2 and 2004 versions of Package SCORM1 2 SCORM please choose 2004 version the latest version SCORM Exporting The Project Exporting To Flash Video 109 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 2004 opecify a version that can be used to differentiate manifests with the same identifier For example if you are uploading the same project after modifying it provide a different version number Package Version Identifier opecify a name used by the LMS to identify different manifests This value is generated automatically by ActivePresenter but you can change it if needed Organization Title opecify a title for the organization which this item belongs to ActivePresenter automatically generates this value from project name However you can enter a difference text Item Title opecify a title for the item ActivePresenter automatically generates this value from project name However you can enter a difference text Video Thumbnail options This option allows you to select a thumbnail for the video the thumbnail is displayed on the very first screen when you open the video
54. Whether ActivePresenter should generate text for the shape based on the default first interaction on current slide For example if there is a mouse click interaction on current slide the text can be generated to something like Click on XXX This is called auto annotation Refer to the Auto Annotation tab to understand how it works AutoFit Text Automatically enlarges the outline of the shape till the text fits inside the shape Change text Launches the Text Editor window and allows you to enter a message in HTML format Change shape Lets you change the shape for the element Change style Style is the combination of attributes for fill area outline shadow and text Transition Allows you to select the following effects 1 The effect and duration of the entry of the object in the slide when rendered 2 The effect and duration of the exit of the object in the slide when rendered Preferred size width height Set the default width and height Timing duration in ms oets the default timing for the element as shown on the Timeline If the duration is set to 1 the object will be displayed till the end of the slide If the duration of the slide is changed for any reason the object s duration will be automatically adjusted Show in mode State whether to show this element in the four modes Demonstration Tutorial Practice and Test Select one or more modes Cust
55. a long presentation insert coffee break slides At strategic points during the presentation insert blank slides to allow audience participation At the end of the presentation insert an Any questions slide The final Thank you slide with your corporate logo and address Insert an external video Insert two comparative videos side by side and run them in parallel e g a before vs after comparison a wrong vs right demo To add a blank slide 1 Click on the Lad button in the main toolbar or use the Slide gt Blank Slide menu option The new slide is inserted after the current slide ActivePresenter keeps displaying the current slide You may switch to the new slide manually In the Slides pane right click on an existing slide From the context menu that appears select the New blank slide option This method works in both Thumbnails and Titles tabs of the pane A blank slide has the following properties Property Default Remarks value Name Blank Title of the slide When planning navigational jumps amongst slides their titles are very useful Base it on the content of the slide Description Blank Your comments about the content While exporting the project to document formats PDF MS Word Excel PowerPoint you can choose whether to export slide description For example if you plan to present the slides personally you can enter your speech associated with the slide in this field equiv
56. a screenshot image directly 1 Open a project of any type or open an existing project Don t worry about its parameters because the project will not be changed in any way 2 Take a screenshot any window object whole screen or a rectangular area on screen e When taking a screenshot in Application or region mode be sure to select the Insert as image to current slide check box ActivePresenter inserts it as an image in the current slide 3 Right click on the image in the Canvas pane or its time bar in the Timeline pane From the context menu that appears select the Edit image option The Image Editor pops up and lets you edit the image After editing you can directly save the image as a file using the File Save as menu 4 Close the project without saving ActivePresenter As Audio Editor This is a five step process 1 Open a project of any type or open an existing project Don t worry about its parameters because the project will not be changed in any way Insert the audio that is to be edited Now you can edit this track in one or more of the following 1 Edit the track using the Range Edit commands 2 Insert silence of any duration you want Other Uses Of ActivePresenter gt ActivePresenter As Image Format Converter 159 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 3 Adjust the volume of the track between any selected moments 4 Join the track with other audio tracks 4 Right click on the icon in th
57. add delete nodes in the path and to drag them to place them over buttons or other clickable objects in the canvas Optionally you can add click points where ActivePresenter produces the clicking sound in the rendered presentation Tip When you insert a Cursor Path object the whole object is selected so that you can move it to another position in the canvas If you want to change the shape of the path you will have to select its individual elements and drag To do so first click anywhere in the canvas This deselects the path Now click on any element of the path and drag When you add a Cursor Path object ActivePresenter inserts a Start point 1 an End point 2 and a dotted line 3 that represents the movement path of the pointer between these two points The dotted circles mark the end points these markers are useful because you may want to turn off the mouse pointer during some segments in which you need a handle and a positional reference to manipulate the path The line has green color at start which changes to red at the end point A red arrow also shows the direction of cursor movement The spacing between the dots indicate the speed of the cursor on screen Closely spaced dot means slower speeds Imagine the dots to be plotted at regular intervals of time so the faster the cursor moves across the screen the farther are the dots If the Objects Introduction To Objects 269 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 do
58. amp Full Motion Recording FMR Record the screen like a video camera Automatic Panning Make Capture Window Follow Mouse Cursor Panning Speed 30 pixels Cancel Version 4 0 It has three sections Capture profile Capture type and Automatic panning These are explained below Capture Profile This section records the name and description for the profile Parameter Remarks Profile Name The name must be indicative of the end purpose of the project Description Describe the end purpose and your strategy for the project Note that each different end purpose calls for a different project settings and also different approaches for capturing annotation and interaction The end purpose will also affect the format of the video and or documentation Using ActivePresenter Windows Using The Capture Profile Editor 164 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 Capture Type Here choose between two main capture modes Smart capture and FMR e he FMR mode is like recording a movie with a fixed rate of frames per second It does not respond to any mouse keyboard inputs Therefore there are no further choices in this mode e f you choose the Smart capture mode ActivePresenter offers further choices Option Remarks Automatically Captures the target screen when you drag any item with LMB or RMB The use FMR for entire dragging action will be captured in FMR mode with a fixed fra
59. and before you click on the play button to start playing the video Option Remarks None Do not use a thumbnail The initial screen of the FLV player will be displayed instead Select a slide image Select a slide from the current project itself which will act as a from project thumbnail Select an image from Browse for an image file file Exporting The Project Exporting To Flash Video 110 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 Exporting To HTML SlideShow This has two different options General options and Advanced SCORM General Options General Advanced Rendering Options Include Closed Caption Generate Navigation Guide Page Include Cursor Path Generate in Compact Mode Include Objects Started by Event Only Export Active Window Area Image Size 10096 ww Color Depth True Colors 24 bit w Format PNG w Optimization Level Mone Output Location D Presentation HTML These options are divided in three sections as follows Rendering Options Include Closed If this option is selected the images will have CC Caption e Note that if the image size is reduced the captions may not be readable On the contrary they will obstruct whatever little space is left Then it is best to drop it Generate Navigation Create a first page which contains guideline about using hot key to Guide page navigate through the slides Include Cursor Path Deselecting this option will hide t
60. any videos you may add to the project later The disk must have enough space to accommodate these items 3 Inthis section select a size for the project s canvas The Preset sizes button offers multiple popular video sizes including the VGA 720p and 1080p While selecting the canvas size keep in mind the size of images you would be using If the canvas is too small for the image the image will be clipped You can re adjust the canvas size after inserting all the images ActivePresenter displays the size of all images which makes it easy to find the largest height width and set the canvas size accordingly Creating A New Project Creating A Project From Images 40 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 4 This section lets you insert images First click on the button to insert an image This pops up a browse window You can navigate to the desired folder and select an image file The list of all images appears in the left pane as shown Note that ActivePresenter displays the size of each image This lets you adjust your canvas size to fit the largest of the images to avoid clipping To remove any image from the list click on it and then click the button To change the order of the images select any image and then click on the 4 or E buttons to move it up or down in the list ActivePresenter shows a preview of the selected image in the right pane You can flip or rotate the image using the four buttons at the bot
61. are selected Resizing Objects To A Reference Object The following commands also work on a group of objects again the last selected object is the reference object Icon Function Editing A Project Editing A Slide 64 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 The height of all other objects is adjusted to match the height of the reference object zs The width of all other objects is adjusted to match the width of the reference object HH Both height and width of all other objects are adjusted to match the height and width of the reference object respectively oetting The Z Order Of Objects Imagine the slide canvas to be a horizontal surface like a table top where all the objects are placed one by one When we place any object it covers all the previously added objects f they happen to lie under it partly or fully This vertical order of object placement is called z order named after the z axis which is pointed at the viewer in this virtual 3D world We can avoid overlapping of objects by spreading out the objects in the slide However sometimes we actually want to place the objects with partial full overlap to create some special effects We may even apply shadows on some objects to stress that they are on top of the other objects sometimes it is difficult to gauge which object is at the top especially when they are not overlapping Just keep in mind that the T
62. band During this drag operation ActivePresenter shows you precise time stamp on the Ruler as in case of entrance exit markers e Each Freeze frame control extends the host track by its duration In other words if you insert an x second pause in an audio video clip its total duration will be increased by x seconds e Youcan insert any number of Freeze frame controls in any selected track The only condition is that two Freeze frame controls cannot overlap Keep in mind that each Freeze frame control will further extend the host track s duration To remove the freeze frame from its host track Wr wen Bir Ina Ix ITTETE click on it and drag it downward out of the yt Time Bar of the host track Keep dragging till 1 the annotation turns gray and then release the LMB The annotation i e the pause will Click Drag Release disappear and the duration of the host track will be reduced by the duration of the pause So why don t we simply split the track and shift the latter part to achieve the same end result Well there are two benefits of using a Freeze frame control a It is easier to remove to reverse its effect and b It does not create extra resources by splitting the original object Let us see how the Freeze frame control affects the audio and video tracks Pausing A Video Track Freezing The Scene When the slide is played in preview mode or exported the host video is paused for the duration of the Freez
63. choice of three video codecs 1 Flash Screen Video lossless 2 MPEG lossy 3 MPEG2 lossy When the flash codec is selected ActivePresenter uses the lossless algorithm in encoding to preserve the quality But when you select the MPEG1 or MPEG codec ActivePresenter down samples the video data resulting in reduced file size but at the cost of irreversible loss of video detail Frame rate A higher frame rate would increase the size of the recorded video It may also overload simpler computers because the computer not only has to run all the applications but capture those screens in real time In the worst case you will see dropped frames in the captured video On the other hand a lower frame record will appear jerky This especially happens with rates lower than 15 frames s Besides you may miss capturing some low duration events something that just flashes on the screen and vanishes The most commonly used range is 20 30 frames s Key frames every x frames This is the number of continuous non key frames between key frames When recording video ActivePresenter will automatically place a key frame every X frames When you change the frame rate ActivePresenter automatically adjusts this setting so that the video will have exactly one key frame every four seconds But you can manually change this rate Key frames are full frames that video player can jump directly to a higher value results in a little bit sma
64. click here Left click here Double click on name Stype Double click on name type Double click on Sname Double click on namel Double click here Double click here Right click on name type Right click on name type Right click on Sname Right click on name Fight click here Right click here Press Svalue Press fSvalue Type Svalue Type Svalue Ctrl Ctrl Shift Shift Alt Alt un co J C un d wh c Prefix Modifiers Restore Defaults ActivePresenter can generate the text for annotation automatically based on what you are interacting with while capturing For example when you type your User Name into a log in screen ActivePresenter can create a call out which says Type XXX into User Name text box You can easily customize how ActivePresenter generates the annotation text through the settings in this tab With these options you can easily control the annotation contents which are generated automatically by ActivePresenter when capturing There are 3 parameters that you can use to specify dynamic content depends on the context Customizing ActivePresenter gt Customizing The Preferences 318 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 Every parameter has the form XXX in which XXX is the parameter name name This is the name of the item that you are interacting with when capturing For example when you entering your n
65. clicks on the correct area the object shows him the On Correct message If he clicks at a wrong location on the map the object shows him the On incorrect message Text Box The Text Box is an interactive object Objects Introduction To Objects 250 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 The default Text Box object consists of three separate elements as shown below Congratulations your answer is correct y a E t Sorry youransweris not correct O t 1 You can optionally add a Hint message and a Timeout message The object works as follows When the interactive presentation is played this object displays only the Target area element 1 and waits for the user to enter text e Ifthe user enters text it appears in real time in the Target area 1 e Ifthe entered text exceeds the area the text is shifted so that the insertion point is always visible You will have to resize the area manually e lf the Submit button is enabled the entered text is validated when the user presses the Submit button e f the Submit button is not set the text is validated whenever the user presses any key As long as the entered text is a partial match for the reference text ActivePresenter will wait for the user to input more text However the moment the last entered character is found to be different it will be deemed as incorrect e lf the entered text matches the reference text ActivePresenter disp
66. created they are displayed in three different ways Objects Introduction To Objects 289 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 1 When an audio object is inserted to the slide an 30 icon is displayed in the Canvas Pane only during edit mode not when the slide is being played The Timeline pane displays the Time bar of the object 2 When an audio track is attached to an object e g the sound track of a video the Timeline pane displays its Time bar 3 When a Closed Caption is converted into audio a separate audio object is created The Timeline shows a separate audio object In all cases the time bar in the Timeline shows the actual audio waveform which facilitates editing Properties Of Audio Object The audio objects have the following properties Property Remarks Name A name generated by ActivePresenter to identify the audio object uniquely The name is simply Audio n where n is an incremental counter number Audio The media resource which selected object refers to You can change it to another resource Loop If selected the audio is played in an endless loop when the end is reached the tracked starts playing from the beginning Ignore Pausing If this option is selected even when the presentation is paused e g to wait for user s input the track will keep playing Note that this control cannot ignore a pause command from toolbar of player In other words if the user pauses the p
67. created from a Closed Caption etc 5 Logical resources created by certain operations Splitting of an audio video splitting of slide deletion cutting of a portion joining with other object changing the volume or inserting a freeze frame silence All these resources appear in the Resources pane from where you can use them in the current project Objects Object is a generic name for any structured item that is placed in a slide to add annotation or to make it interactive Examples of Objects are images different shapes such as rectangles circles ovals arrows and General Basic Screencasting Concepts 18 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 call outs text captions closed captions highlights vector curves that represent the path of the cursor zoom n pan frames audio clips and video clips oee Appendix Objects for more details Note that the term objects is also used in a totally different context when you are taking a screenshot There an object means any part of a window that can be captured in a screenshot such as toolbars toolbar buttons panes menus scroll bars controls etc Object Style otyle is a preset of object properties fill line text graphics effects oeveral options are available in the Styles tab in the Resources pane select any style listed in the pane and use the context menu Add a new style Clone from selected style Copy the selected style to project and Delete the select
68. discussion in the Fill section base style The Shadow Section This section customizes the shadow of the object You have the following options Option Remarks No shadow The shape has no shadow Custom The following options are available SIS e Blur radius The larger the radius the more the diffused the shadow e Angle Angle is measured clockwise with ve x axis as reference e Distance Distance from the main shape Longer distance creates the illusion that the shape is located higher from the slide e Color You can select any color but a dark color is best e Opacity move slider or enter the number 255 fully opaque Inherit from See the discussion in the Fill section base style Using ActivePresenter Windows Using The Properties Window 211 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 The Audio Section ActivePresenter allows you to associate a sound with almost all types of objects e For Mouse Click object the attached sound is played when user clicks on the object e For other types of objects the attached sound is played when the object starts showing The Audio section looks like this Name Audiol SSC Duration 00 00 07 xecordintq Input Device Speakers High Definition Audio Device vi 00 00 00 e Calibrate Input Text To Speech Generate Cancel The controls work as follows 1 This is the general section The Name box shows the name of t
69. e After that ActivePresenter will continue the presentation If the presentation is playing this action does nothing If the presentation had paused because a Pause is set in an interactive object or if an object takes the Pause Presentation action in response to a trigger event the Continue Presentation action will continue playing the presentation from the time it is paused 2 These buttons are used to organize the list of actions The Sf button adds a new entry in the pane The button removes the selected entry The tf and buttons move the selected row up and down in the stack Using ActivePresenter Windows Using The Event Editor 190 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 The On Incorrect Tab This tab is used in all interactions except the Mouse hover interaction It defines the action to be taken when the user gives an incorrect response Choice Settings On Correct On Incorrect n Incomplete On Timeout Actions to be performed when the answer is not correct Actions Continue Presentation Show Object Blocking Incorrect Message 56 The GUI works as follows 1 The actions are listed in a stack The attempt is classified into various groups It can be specific First Second Third 4 5 or special All Last The actions for each group are listed in a stack and executed in the order of appearance top to bottom If a certain attempt belongs to multiple attempt groups the actions are
70. gt Exporting The Project gt Reporting Options 157 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 Other Uses Of ActivePresenter o0 far we have seen how to use ActivePresenter for presentations of various types images documents videos and interactive learning courses with scoring facility But ActivePresenter can also be used for many other purposes 1 Image editor Image format converter ocreenshot software Audio video editor trimming cutting splicing joining adding titles Qr d amp qw Text to speech TTS generator 6 Image Audio video format converter ActivePresenter cannot edit the object directly like a dedicated software You have to first insert the object in a new existing project and then edit it This main editing process is very similar to the process flow in a dedicated software Once you have finished editing the object you can close the host project without saving it Let us see each function in more detail ActivePresenter As Image Editor You can edit and or annotate an image with ActivePresenter While ActivePresenter is not as powerful as GIMP or InkScape you can do a lot with it Actually ActivePresenter has a built in Image Editor but it is not accessible directly So you have insert the image in a new project or existing project in order to access it Once you have finished editing the image you can close the host project without saving This is a three step process 1 Open a projec
71. inside the box and press the new combination of keys on your Using ActivePresenter Windows Using The Capture Profile Editor 172 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 keyboard Immediately that combination appears in the box The new combination does not take effect till you click the Save button Using The Event Editor The event editor defines the behavior for each interaction Each type of interaction can handle certain events trigger conditions by taking one or more actions It is the job of the Event Editor to define the actions to be taken for each event To launch the Event Editor window use any of the following methods 1 In the context menu of any interactive object select the Event Properties option at the top 2 Double click on the main object in the main window Careful f you double click on an element of the object this editor will not pop up 3 Select the object in the main window of ActivePresenter and then scroll down in the Properties window The last option is Event This line appears blank but when you click on it a Slack to edi button appears Click on this button In case of drop targets you have only one option to launch the Event Editor window edit the Accept List property of the drop target from the Properties window For each type of interaction the Event Editor will have to define different behaviors Each aspect of the behavior is covered by a separate tab The structure of a given ta
72. interactions It defines the behavior when the user rolls the mouse offthe main area of the interaction Using ActivePresenter Windows gt Using The Event Editor 194 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 OnRollover On Rollout Actions to be performed when user moves the mouse out of this object LN B Hide Object Hint Message 73 The GUI works as follows 1 The actions are listed in a stack They are executed in the order of appearance top to bottom In this example the ActivePresenter will display message 87 when the user rolls his mouse off the main box of the interaction ActivePresenter provides internal reference numbers to each message 2 hese buttons are used to organize the list of actions The F button adds a new entry in the pane The button removes the selected entry The tf and buttons move the selected row up and down in the stack The On Accept Tab This tab is used by drop target objects It defines actions to be taken when the drop target accepts a drag source Using ActivePresenter Windows Using The Event Editor 195 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 Accepted Drag Sources On Accept On Reject On Rollover On Rollout Actions to be performed when user drops accepted objects on this object
73. is called scrubbing the Timeline It gives you an instant rough idea about how the slide will play at normal speed 6 This area lists all the objects on the current slide according to their z order For example if you add a new object to the Canvas pane it is always placed on top of the pile Therefore in Timeline pane also it is placed at the top of the list If you change the z order of any object in the Canvas pane that change is instantly reflected in the Timeline pane 7 This is the Time bar of an object Think of this as a lifeline for the object The object is active only for the duration of this bar We will see how to use the Time Bars later 8 his is the Time bar for the entire slide By default is end is automatically synchronized with the last element in the slide In our example Questionb is the last element If you extend its bar the slide s bar also extends automatically However you can stretch this bar During the stretched portion of the Time bar the canvas will display only the slide background color and or the slide background image if any 9 his is the end time for the slide The slide will end at this instant and the next slide if any will start its entry transition 10 The Visibility button controls whether to display the element in the Canvas pane Click on it to toggle its state a closed eye means the element becomes invisible The best use of this control is to turn an elem
74. line for the outline of a shape or for the pencil tool e Rotate right iR Rotate left dh Flip horizontally N 3 Flip vertically Crop E Scale image A window pops up Using ActivePresenter Windows Using The Image Editor 200 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 Button Effect Image Size Width Lock ratio Height As oe Quality Interpolation Box OK You can specify the target width and height If the Width Height ratio is not same as original the image will get stretched Alternatively tick in the Lock ration check box and then specify only one of the dimensions ActivePresenter maintains the original aspect ratio and rescales the image The Reset button restores the original size of the image The quality of the rescaled image depends upon the algorithm used ActivePresenter offers a choice of algorithms e Box e Bilinear e Bicubic e 4 order b spline e Catmull Rom spline e Lanczos3 The Box algorithm is the simplest one and usually gives the lowest quality Lanczos3 is an advanced algorithm and is commonly used in popular image editor it usually gives the best quality However choosing the most suitable algorithm also depends on the image content SO you can use try and error tactic to choose the most suitable one Insert image 3 This is the image to be edited Any changes in the image are not actually implemented till we save the image and exi
75. modes are useful if you want to copy and paste slides from one project to another You can also minimize any all projects by clicking on the Minimize button of the Project Window not of the ActivePresenter window The project collapses to a small icon as shown below You can drag this icon anywhere on the screen If you have opened and minimized multiple projects this way their icons would be floating in the ActivePresenter window If you want to line up all icons in one place use the Window gt Arrange icons menu command Note that the icon for the current project looks darker than the other icons Now you can restore any of these project window by clicking on its button or maximize the project window by clicking on its button Creating A New Project Opening An Existing Project 45 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 Editing A Project The previous chapter describes how to create a new project by capturing an application or by importing slides from PowerPoint file or by importing images As discussed each type of project refers to what kind of content is added to the project Finally we saw how to combine these different types of projects into a blank project At this point the captured content is raw and usually not presentable to your target audience In fact the content may not be even complete because each project type can only capture only one type of content You have to add the
76. modify the texts in output by using Output Language Editor The Project Language is also important if you want to support the language which has special layout or representation such as the right to left languages Arabic Hebrew This is global setting that affects all slides but if a slide already has a background image it won t be affected On the Author tab of this window enter all your details General Author Copyright Home Page Security New Password Confirm Password File Format Version ActivePresenter 4 0 0 You can also enter a password for opening the project file Once you set the password you can only open the file if you enter the password This is useful if you have to leave the project file on a public computer where others may fiddle with it Editing A Project Project Level Editing 60 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 Note that this feature is not meant to provide a bullet proof security As with any security system given enough time someone will manage to break in Editing A Slide o0 far we have collected all the slides we want and more importantly discarded the ones we don t want This is the right time to fine tune each slide by e Adding objects to the slide and editing and arranging them e Adding a narration voice over e Inserting a slide background e g with corporate logo or chapter theme etc Occasionally you will realize that you still need a few slid
77. notice that the Drop Area marker and normal drop target marker have different color A drop target that is not an element of a Drag n Drop Question will be converted to a Drop Area automatically when users connect a drag source to it see Drag Drop Connector section For more details about this type of object see the Drop Area and the Event Editor sections in the Appendix Drag n Drop Question Drag n Drop Question is a type of Question that includes multiple drag sources drop targets and require users who take the output simulation to map them correctly Editing A Project Advanced Editing 83 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 Unlike Drop Area Drag n Drop Question does not evaluate correctness of user response each time he she drops a drag source but when he she clicks the Submit button However the evaluation for acceptance still takes place on each drop target every time it receives a dropped source Polygon Matching jejeje Congratulations Sorry your Sorry you must your answer is answer is not answer before correct correct continuing Submit For more information about this type of object see the Drag n Drop Question and the Event Editor sections in the Appendix Drag Drop Connector e To map a drag source to the correct drop target select the drag source Drag the marker appears at the center of the drag source to the correct drop target e To remove a correct drag drop map click the co
78. option The right side of the window changes as shown above 2 In this section enter the project s name and also select the folder where the project is to be saved 3 In this section select the PowerPoint file from where the slides are to be imported Note that ActivePresenter cannot handle the odp files used by OpenOffice and LibreOffice Therefore you will have to save these files as pptx first and then import them into ActivePresenter Creating A New Project Creating A Project From PowerPoint Presentation 38 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 ActivePresenter pops up an Import PowerPoint Presentation window ptions _ Import Slides as Backgrounds amp Process Objects in Slides FT PowERIPaL NT FT POWERPOINT Fr POWERPOINT Fr PoWwERPOLST Selected Slides 0 of 17 Select All Deselect All Cancel This window offers the following two options e Import slides as backgrounds Each slide turns into a background image for a corresponding slide in ActivePresenter project All the separate objects in the pptx slide will be flattened into one image and you cannot manipulate animate them But can add annotations in the ActivePresenter project e Process objects in slides All the objects present in each slide are imported in the corresponding ActivePresenter slide You can manipulate these objects and then annotate the slides in ActivePresenter Remember that by default none of the slides are selected If you
79. other types of content to complete the project The real value addition comes only when we edit the project to add annotations shapes audio video clips voice narration closed captions etc and optionally make the presentation interactive All this is done in the edit phase of the project These editing techniques are common for all types of projects The following sections show how to edit a project Overview Of The Editing Process All editing is done in the Edit Window which pops up automatically when 1 You finish creating a new project or 2 You open an existing project Therefore first let us familiarize ourselves with the Edit window and then see the actual editing process Editing A Project Overview Of The Editing Process 46 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 The Editing Window The Edit window is shown below Project Edit View Slide Annotation Interaction Export Localize Window Hel MPA x Hx SEL AGA uu G3 T c9 PF 2 eh eM es ee L Description Group Title Show In Slide List Show C Duration 3000 ms Transition Mone El Background Color Pro Image Mone w Auto Label Check to make the accessibility name and description generated automatically 1 Audio1 2 Audiol my Tas IE NEL A N LI J M Audio
80. other words when the presentation is resumed the first thing to happen will be the exit of this particular object 3 Timeout Enable time You can disable the time limit by unchecking this check box limit When timeout is active if the user does not respond within the defined time limit the interactive object is disabled Time Timeout is defined in terms of HH MM SS The On Correct Tab This tab is used in all interactions except the Mouse hover interaction It defines the action to be taken when the user gives a correct response Using ActivePresenter Windows gt Using The Event Editor 189 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 Choice Settings On Correct On Incorrect On Incomplete On Timeout Actions to be performed when the answer is correct Action l Show Object Blocking Correct Message 55 Continue Presentation The GUI works as follows 1 The actions are listed in a stack They are executed in the order of appearance top to bottom In this example e he presentation will show the correct message 52 ActivePresenter provides internal reference numbers to each message This particular message is the Correct message for this particular interaction Note that the Show Object action doesn t control the display duration of the message To change the display duration of the message select the message in the Canvas and change its duration in the Properties pane
81. recently opened projects Exit Ctrl Q Close the ActivePresenter application Menus And Shortcuts gt Project Menu 296 ActivePresenter User Manual Edit Menu Version 4 0 Menu option Shortcut Button Remarks Undo Ctrl Z 7 Reverse the last action Redo Ctrl Y Repeatthe last undone action Cut Ctrl X oo Cutthe selected items onto clipboard Copy Ctrl C d Copy the selected items onto clipboard Paste Ctrl V TN Paste the contents of clipboard Delete DEL X Delete the selected items Find Ctrl F Find the occurrence of text in objects in specified slides Find Next F3 Find the next occurrence of text in objects in specified slides Replace Ctrl H Replace the occurrence of text by specified text Select All Ctrl A Select all items in the pane Display order gt Bring Ctrl Home Brings the selected object to the top of z order to Front Display order gt Bring Ctrl PageUp Brings the selected object one level upward in the Forward z order Display order gt Send Ctrl End sends the selected object to the bottom of the z to Back order Display order gt Send Ctrl PageDn Sends the selected object one level downward in Backward the z order Merge Into Convert the selected objects into background Menus And Shortcuts Edit Menu 297 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 Background Change Style for Change the style of objects for the c
82. repeat paraphrase stretch the same contents Remember n the world of presentations less is more 3 Some slides are irrelevant for the current presentation But always remember that you need not throw them away on a permanent basis Indeed you may find them useful on another occasion Here are a couple of tricks to solve this dilemma 1 Save a backup copy of project and then start deleting the slides Effectively you will be creating two different versions of the same presentation one full version and a few abridged versions If you want to follow this approach it would be best to do this at the very end of the project where you have edited all slides Otherwise you will end up editing the same slides for each version 2 Create a master repository project that holds all slides on a given subject As you create new content keep adding it to the master project Reorganize the slides from time to time Editing A Project Project Level Editing 58 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 Whenever you need to create a new project start by taking a copy of this master project and then trim it ruthlessly Editing Project Properties Project properties fall in two categories 1 Properties of the project such as size of the canvas total number of slides and the total run time for the presentation the size of the project file the date on which the project was created and last modified This information is provided by Ac
83. side Bottom Minimum margin on the bottom side Objects General Properties Of Objects 246 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 Style Style is the combination of attributes of the fill line and text Base Click on the right side cell to reveal a Click to Edit button When you click this button a style selector window pops up Fill The fill properties Line The outline properties Text The text properties Start Time The starting time of the object vis a vis starting time of the slide Duration The duration for which the object is to be displayed Set it to 1 to display the object till the end of slide e Ifthe duration of the slide increases for any reason e g you added another object or increased the duration of other objects this object s duration will be automatically increased e Ifthe duration of the slide decreases for any reason the duration of this object will be decreased automatically Show In Mode Put a click in the four check boxes e he object will be visible in a given mode if there is a tick in its check Demonstration b Tutorial In case of interactive object if the object is invisible in a specific mode except the Demonstration mode it is still functional Practice Test Report ID This unique reference number is used for reporting the test result Only text contains alphanumeric characters A Z a z 0 9 and underscore a
84. slide or specific slides e To limit the conversion only to specific slides enter the comma separated list in the input box You can enter a range by separating the slide numbers with a hyphen For example 3 6 means slide 3 4 5 and 6 Next set the TTS parameters by clicking on the Settings button 2 Objects gt Introduction To Objects 282 ActivePresenter User Manual The following window appears Settings Voice Microsoft David Desktop English United States v 0 100 Speed 0 Volume Preview Testing text to speech settings select the TTS voice adjust the speed and volume Version 4 0 To check the settings enter a test sentence in the Preview input box and click on the Speak If your results are not OK change the parameters and try again Repeat this cycle till you are If your settings are too unsatisfactory click on the Reset button and start over satisfied When you are satisfied press OK to return to the main window In the main window the check box at the bottom 3 extends the duration of each CC object to match the duration of the converted speech This may cause sync problems You will have to check the presentation for these problems and sort them out The converted audio may overlap with other stand alone audio video objects The CC may run into the subsequent scene which has no relation to what the CC is talking The converted audio may interfere with an audio embedded in
85. slides are named after their function it is easier to recognize them in a list In the Slides pane switch to Thumbnails tab Here you can drag n drop any slide to a new position As you drag the slide over the other slides they move aside to make space for it If you release LMB the slide will drop in the gap below Editing A Project gt Project Level Editing 52 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 Slides BX 29 Thumbnails Titles E The current slide is highlighted in green as shown above Also note that while a slide is dragged it retains its original sequence number in this example 2 In case you change your mind this number will help you remember where to drop it back Once in a while switch to the Titles tab to check if all slides are ordered correctly Note that the Thumbnails tab provides an option to change its view mode as shown in two figures below The default is one column mode in which the thumbnails of slides automatically resize to fit the available width The other is the fixed size mode in which the thumbnails have a fixed size and are displayed in several columns depends on available width Editing A Project Project Level Editing 53 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 Slides I x Slides nx 39 Thumbnails Titles ir pees i Blank Slide 4l 434 Thumbnails Titles B Ctrl X Ctrl C Ctrl V Delete Delete Select All Ctrl A
86. smart capture capture type when you stop dragging the mouse You can also create your own capture profiles to use in your authoring process olide Background olide background in ActivePresenter displays the image of a step where to click what key is pressed in interactions chain when creating a tutorial It is also used to display some form of corporate identity throughout the presentation This could be in the form of a corporate logo or simply corporate colors in the backdrop of each slide This can be achieved by inserting a background image that is shared among multiple slides The slide you see is made up of several objects that form a stack When an object is added to a slide it is placed at the top of the pile and covers the objects placed beneath it In this context the background image remains at the bottom of the objects stack regardless of when it is added Background is an optional item some slides may not have it A given slide can not have multiple backgrounds ActivePresenter has the facility to flatten any stack of objects and turn them into a single background image A background image can be edited like any other image General Basic Screencasting Concepts 17 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 Slide Index The slide index denotes the order of any given slide in the slide list The first slide has index 1 the second slide has index 2 etc The index numbers of slides change when slides are ad
87. still photo taken of your screen while a screencast is like a video of your screen In the context of ActivePresenter the entire process is as follows 1 Capturing The teacher presenter works on the target application and captures the screen The outcome of this step is a video or a slide show 2 Editing and annotating The teacher presenter edits the video or slide show and adds annotations commentary images audio video clips etc 3 Makingit interactive Optional Optionally the teacher presenter adds interactive elements typically questions and quizzes and also defines how the presentation should behave when the student gives a correct answer an incorrect answer or does not respond within the stipulated time A presentation behaves differently to the user depending upon his previous answer and what he is doing on the screen at that moment 4 Exporting Rendering The teacher presenter renders the output exports the files Broadly the outputs fall in three different categories e Interactive presentation HTML5 Flash viewed in a browser e Video with audio e Documents Excel Word PowerPoint PDF Images HTML slide show General Basic Screencasting Concepts 15 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 5 Actual delivery Depending upon the output it is used by either the teacher presenter himself to teach his course or by the students or course participants to study practice the subject on their own
88. that file also will Grayscale 8 bit become large Format JPEG Due to their soecs and compression algorithms JPEG is best suited for pictures while PNG is best suited for Exporting The Project Exporting To HTML5 Simulation 139 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 PNG computer generated images screenshots drawings Note that JPEG compression is lossy while PNG is lossless so PNG retains crystal clear quality but the downside of PNG is that it does not compress well with pictures very big file size and the decoding when viewing is slower than JPEG However screenshots are compressed better with PNG the file has small size and there is no loss of quality Optimization None These are relative compression levels Note that the Level how higher the compression level the longer it takes to export Normal P e Select None when testing the output e Select Ultra or High when exporting the final Ultra result This option is only available if the PNG image format is selected Range 1 to 100 The higher the quality the larger the output file size This option is only available if the JPEG image format is selected Fallback Media Player The audio video in the HTML5 Simulation output still can be viewed normally on older browsers such as Internet Explorer 7 and 8 if the required plugin is installed This section allows you to choose either Adobe Flash Player or Microsoft Silv
89. the cursor path Export Audio This option is selected by default Deselect this option if you want to remove audio from the output Since the audio data is not written to the output file so the file size will be smaller comparing to a similar video with silence audio Video Option Remarks Video Size Range 50 to 150 in steps of 10 The reference is the canvas size which you specified when you created the project The video will be rescaled using Bicubic interpolation Note that the aspect ratio is fixed when you created the project it cannot be changed at render time Frame Rate Set between 1 and 30 fps frames per second Key Frame opecify the number of frames between which we must have a key frame default 3 Frame Rate Quality Select in the range 1 100 Higher the number better the quality and larger the file size Audio Option Remarks Channels Select from mono stereo Bit Rate Select from 64 96 and 128 kbps Exporting The Project Exporting To Flash Video 108 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 Sample Rate Select from 11025 22050 and 44100 Hz Output Option Remarks Output File Specify the file path and name for exported flash video Advanced Options This tab contains SCORM related options and video thumbnail related options General Advanced SCORM Options Generate SCORM Package Package Version Organization Title Item
90. the keyboard by pressing Ctrl F and Ctrl H for these purposes 2 n the Find what box enter the text you want to find and replace Editing A Project Editing A Slide 67 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 3 In the Replace with box enter the text you want to use as the replacement 4 In the Look in list specify the scope to search either Selected Slides or All Slides 5 Do one of the following e To search for the next occurrence of the text click Find Next e o replace the currently selected occurrence of the text click Replace e To replace all occurrences of the text click Replace All e To cancel a search in progress click Close Removing Objects From Multiple Slides Sometimes you realize that you have made the same mistake in multiple slides For example while capturing the target application you chose to record sound but the final project does not need sound or it got recorded poorly and now you would like to remove the sound object from all slides Rather than laboriously selecting each slide and deleting the sound you have a shortcut Select the Slide Delete Objects from Slides menu option Editing A Project Editing A Slide 68 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 A window is launched Delete Objects Annotations Interactions Messages Shape Spotlight Mouse Click Correct Text Caption _ Feedback Mouse Hover _ Incorrect Cl Highlight Cur
91. the slide during capturing The converted audio may overlap with TTS audio of other objects shapes for example Note that even if you have already converted the captions for many CC objects you can still launch this operation safely without any adverse effects Objects Introduction To Objects 283 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 Miscellaneous Tips Here are some general tips for using Closed Captions e Always ensure correct spellings e Use words that match the actual voice narration Do NOT try to paraphrase Otherwise the audience may find it very hard to read the Closed Captions e Use punctuation to clarify the meaning If a sentence ends normally use the appropriate mark at the end However a sentence that is left unfinished should end with an ellipsis e Translate foreign words in parenthesis e Use italics or ALLCAPS to denote a new word or heavily emphasized part in speech e Show music or other sound effects in square brackets such as music door slams crowd at the bar or laughter e Use square brackets to describe any mood conveyed through voice modulation such as whispers shouts menacingly croons sobs Always use the appropriate word to convey the degree of intensity of an action For example chuckles smiles laughs and guffaws are all different Similarly door closes and door slams convey entirely different moods e When the speaker is o
92. to continue dragging the object group In the following example the green diamond B is being dragged We will see what happens when it comes in the vicinity of the yellow rectangle A As shown below when the diamond comes close to the rectangle ActivePresenter shows an orange line and snaps the diamond to it Vertical guide Horizontal guide Twin guides Note that ActivePresenter aligns both objects by their edges Depending on which edge is nearby ActivePresenter will show a horizontal line or a vertical line or both horizontal vertical lines Once the objects snap to a guiding line you can slide the dragged object along this line Despite small shakes of your hand the object will stay locked to the line If you are not looking for this particular alignment just ignore this present orange line and continue dragging As soon as a threshold distance value is crossed the orange line will vanish When the snap mode is on you can press CTRL during the dragging operation to temporarily turn the snap mode off Editing A Project Editing A Slide 63 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 Aligning Objects With A Reference Object The last object selected is the reference object This object does not move Rather all the other objects move or re size to align to this object Therefore always be careful and select the reference object at the end You can click one of the currently selected objects without holding CTRL
93. to set it as reference object Icon Function m The top of all objects will get aligned vertically with the top of the reference object Their horizontal position will not be affected nmn The center of all objects will get aligned vertically with the center of the reference object Their horizontal position will not be affected Md The bottom of all objects will get aligned vertically with the bottom of the reference object Their horizontal position will not be affected The left side of all objects will get aligned with the eft of the reference object Their vertical position will not be affected The center of all objects will get aligned with the center of the reference object Their vertical position will not be affected iit zi The right side of all objects will get aligned with the right of the reference object Their vertical position will not be affected The entire group of object will move to the center of the canvas vertically The relative position of the group members will not be changed The entire group of object will move to the center of the canvas horizontally The relative position of the group members will not be changed Make the horizontal spaces between selected objects equal This command works only when more than two objects are selected H 2 m ou Make the horizontal spaces between selected objects equal This command works only when more than two objects
94. to specify a region on computer screen to capture 2 The Audio Input section contains options for recording audio in the capture session ActivePresenter supports recording system audio and Microphone or another audio input device simultaneously 3 Onthe very right of the window a Start Capture button the big red one is provided and at the bottom right corner of the window is the More Options button Let us see how these sections work The Capture Area Section This section include two main options are described below 1 The Custom option allows you to select any rectangle region on screen to capture Capture Area NE nou b bie y Lock to application CE Mozilla Firefox Start Pa FG Full Screen In this mode a floating green rectangle shows the capture area The fancy cross hair in the middle is just a visual reminder that this is a target seeker window ActivePresenter will capture only the screen enclosed in this frame and ignore the rest of the screen You can drag this rectangle around and re size it as desired by dragging on its handles Creating A New Project gt Creating A Capture Project 34 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 the tiny gray squares on its border You can specify an arbitrary size to capture by entering the width and height consequently into Size spin boxes You can also quickly set the capture size by using the Preset sizes button the down arrow n
95. to the naked eye but sometimes a small difference in the frequencies causes a beat frequency and appears as a large flickering in display This can be avoided by changing the frame rate by a few Hz Reporting Even if an ActivePresenter interactive presentation is not running on a SCORM compliant LMS it can still create a report and optionally send it to a valid email or HTTP address Typically the report contains the data related to the performance of the student under Demo or Test modes For example Time taken to take the test points obtained passing criteria overall result pass fail details of the tests taken etc HIML5 HTML5 is a new standard for structuring and presenting content on the web It contains several features which are designed to include and handle multimedia and graphical content on the web easily without having to install proprietary plugins If you want to create the content which can run on various platforms and devices you should consider using HTML5 Simulation output in ActivePresenter Overview Of ActivePresenter Using ActivePresenter you can capture the live action on the screen and also record your commentary as voice over Then you can edit the result and then add annotations text boxes call outs arrows circles boxes etc images navigational controls and video audio clips General Overview Of ActivePresenter 24 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 ActivePresenter Editions Activ
96. too much distracting Replace them with straight segments 3 Avoid using the mouse as a presentation pointer Jabbing the pointer at something may be OK for live demo but in an annotated presentation this is a sure sign of laziness Instead use shapes zoom n pan or spotlight 4 The resting periods are important in realistic depiction of the mouse movement In fact they contain the clicking points you cannot click while the mouse is moving 5 When you are narrating something keep the mouse at rest 6 Before clicking any important control first prepare the viewer by a describing which control you are going to click and b what will be the consequence of that action That way he will be able to observe the action closely and correlate the happenings on the Screen It is a poor practice to first do something and then tell the viewer about what you did While he struggles to make sense of what you said he would lose track of what you say next Continuation Of Cursor Path Between Slides Normally when you drag the end points of a cursor path ActivePresenter will also move appropriate end point in previous or next slide to ensure a smooth non abrupt movement of the cursor in the rendered presentation Let us understand this with an example In the following figure the end point of the cursor path 1 on one slide has the same coordinates as the start point of the cursor path 2 in the next slide As result when the ren
97. track using the Range Edit commands 2 Freeze the frame insert a pause for any duration you want 3 Adjust the volume of the track between any selected moments 4 Join the track with other video tracks 4 Right click on the video frame in the Canvas pane or its time bar in the Timeline pane From the context menu that appears select the Export To File option o f you had split the video track in Step 3 you can save any or all of those parts Other Uses Of ActivePresenter gt ActivePresenter As TTS Generator 160 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 individually 5 Close the project without saving ActivePresenter As Format Converter ActivePresenter can convert the formats of an image audio or video In fact whenever you edit image audio or video as explained above you have the choice to save the resultant object in a different format All you have to do is in the Export To File dialog click on the Save as type drop down list and select the desired format Then press OK ActivePresenter saves the file in the new format Other Uses Of ActivePresenter gt ActivePresenter As Format Converter 161 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 J r Fill Type No Fill Sohd Fill amp Gradient Fill Image Fill Inhert From Base Style How to make an interactive tutorial ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 Using ActivePresenter Windows In this Appendix we w
98. transition effects entry and or exit from the drop down list and set the timings 2 Select the objects to which this transition is to be applied The Select all check boxes at the end allow you to select and deselect all objects in each list 3 Select the slides where you want this effect You can select all slides current slide or specific slides Remember that you can use this window several times to apply different settings to different sets of objects Editing A Project Editing A Slide 72 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 Undo If you make a mistake you can reverse the effect of the last step by pressing CTRL Z or by selecting the Edit gt Undo menu option In fact you can undo any number of steps by repeating this Note that you cannot undo a particular past step selectively for example you won t be able to undo only the fourth last step Hedo If you try to Undo several steps you are very likely to Undo a step that is actually needed But typically you will realize this mistake only when you see results that you didn t expect One option is to repeat what you did last time But that requires too much of effort Besides you may not achieve the exact same result as the last time So a better option is to retrace the last step that you rolled back That s why it is called Redo Re do Do it again You can Redo allthe steps that you just rolled back provided that you don t do anything after tha
99. user inputs They not only change the course of the presentation based on user input but also keep a track of user activity for example assess his performance in a test The interactive objects are as follows Object Typical uses Mouse Click Responds when the user clicks in a pre defined area Use of modifier keys ALT CTRL and SHIFT is also allowed Text Box Responds when the user enters specific text string Key Stroke Responds to an individual key on the keyboard or a hot key such as CTRL SHIFT P Mouse Hover Has two different types of responses e When the user hovers his mouse over a certain area e When the user moves his mouse away from the area This interaction is different from others it does not assess correctness of user response Therefore it does not have common interactive properties such as score pause time limit On Correct On Incorrect Objects gt Overview Of Objects 244 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 Drop Area Responds when the user drops a drag source onto it Question ActivePresenter allows you to insert eight different types of questions True False Multiple Choice Multiple Response Essay Fill in Blank Fill in Multiple Blank Sequence and Drag n Drop The question and options appear on screen and the viewer is expected to respond within a predefined time ActivePresenter can be programmed to take various different actions depending on
100. user to try again Question Choice for The tab allows the user to select multiple responses and optionally allocate Multiple different point for each response Response Question Answer for Defines correct answer for the Drag n Drop Question The answer consists of Drag n Drop multiple drag source drop target pairs Question Also defines overall score for the question or partial score for each drag source drop target pair Settings Defines the behavior of the interactive presentation when the user is not responding well It defines the maximum allowable number of attempts whether to pause the presentation to wait for the user s input and the maximum allowed time limit On Correct Defines the action to be taken when the user gives a correct response On Incorrect Defines the action to be taken when the user gives an incorrect response On Defines the behavior of the interactive presentation when the user has not Incomplete completed his answer On Timeout Defines the behavior of the interactive presentation when the user fails to respond within the time limit defined in the Settings tab On Rollover Defines the behavior of the interactive presentation when the user rolls the mouse over the main area of the interaction On Rollout Defines the behavior of the interactive presentation when the user rolls the mouse offthe main area of the interaction On Accept Defines act
101. whether the response is correct or incorrect or if the viewer fails to respond within the time limit General Properties Of Objects In general any object s properties can be divided into three categories 1 Properties that define the object physically size position color transparency start end time etc 2 Properties that deliver the core function of the object each object has a unique purpose 3 Properties that define response to the user action Interaction Some objects don t have interactive properties They provide only annotations to the presentation Most of these objects are made up of multiple parts elements Each element has its own properties You can tweak these properties to such as extent that the object may not be recognizable You can visually adjust some physical properties with mouse 1 Most rectangular shapes have eight handles Drag these handles to change the size and aspect ratio of the rectangle 2 Most rectangles have rounded corners Slide the yellow diamond to change the rounding of the corners Different positions of the diamond results in drastic change in the shape as shown below a I PER dui 3 Double click on any text to edit it Objects General Properties Of Objects 245 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 4 You can use the context menu to any rectangle to apply a different style changing the stroke and fill colors text shadow etc
102. window comes to the top Previous Select the previous window in the ist see below The selected window comes to the top List Provides the list of currently open windows projects Click on any entry to switch to that window The selected window comes to the top Help Menu Menu option Shortcut Button Remarks Help Contents F1 Launches this help file Product Homepage Launches a browser and takes you to the homepage for ActivePresenter Support Center Launches a browser and takes you to the user forum FAQ Purchase A License To convert from Free edition to Standard Professional edition Activate Product To activate the product Check for Check for update at the website Updates About Provide information about the current version ActivePresenter Menus And Shortcuts Help Menu 304 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 Customizing ActivePresenter You can customize the following aspects in ActivePresenter Changing The Language Use the View gt Language menu option The available languages will be listed Select the appropriate language Customizing The User Interface You can make the following changes to the user interface 1 View hide the toolbars use View gt Toolbars menu option 2 View hide the various panes Library Timeline Slides Properties use the View menu ActivePresenter saves the
103. you were standing on the right minaret and therefore you would like to zoom in that minaret Objects Introduction To Objects 274 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 To do this insert a zoom and pan object and move it over the minaret Make it small enough so that the zoomed in view focuses there Timeline Image 5 In the Timeline adjust the onset and duration of the Zoom and pan object e The zoom should not be too fast otherwise it becomes nauseating When this slide is rendered the camera shows the entire scene and then zooms in and simultaneously pans sideways to the minaret Note that the zoom n pan object has a one way effect When it ends it does not restore the zoom back to normal So the camera will keep looking at the minaret till the slide ends If this were a movie instead of an image this would not be acceptable at all Objects Introduction To Objects 275 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 Timeline Fortunately there is a trick Use another zoom n pan object to zoom back to normal Re size it to cover the entire canvas On the Timeline place it apart so that you have a few seconds of close up at the minaret the camera should not start zooming out abruptly Set its duration so that the zooming out is smooth and unhurried it should not be too fast The combined effect of the two zoom n pan objects will be what you need Closed Caption The closed c
104. 0 B COME MENDES REU E reantaints 302 k calze Men IU M 303 WINGO MEMI cos oi seu SLE PM E EIE M MM M I EM 303 FAGD MONU rr 304 Gustomizing ACIIVePIesertel nsin a ont e de tette sas deett cael al sare taht alea rese doi ales utut 305 Changing The Languadges icen a anit Aviat oan connie tisvardeds onine ated eau een tins 305 Customizing The User Interface cccccssccccseeeceeeeeeeeeeceeeeseeeeeseusessaeeeseesessaeesseeesseeessaeeesaes 305 G stomizing Tine PrelerenCeS anin bita poor Pint bettas dett br beue tia Ete sieves dutem honte o ac PepaRouEs 305 PS a a lial M zie RC TERM TTE 307 ThelMmMeradcton Ta Dessie teen attbu br debba ette debeant doleat titan debon edat at reload ades 309 lise a 312 Group M mI MID STETIT 313 GROUP 2 i re EE 315 GOUD 9 EGO Stes stent bared ont nacre deca tasa actua Dat etat neat taint sand asa a eb osa UAE MEND AI La pd CIUA T nnn 316 LhedAutosAnnotadon Text abuse see uas cute utet bdo ctt Gute gate cheated o che dece dpi Dot ae 318 ABA Pat VENE OPE Cr TTE 320 The Miscellaneous Tab 1 eese nennen nnn nnne nnne nnne nn nnne nnne nnne nnns 322 Wal S NG Wunne E E AO 325 Table of Contents 10 ActivePresenter User Manual Version About This Manual Structure Of The Manual The manual contains the following sections 4 0 Section Contents About this Structure of the manual This section manual Intend
105. 0 0204 7 025 0 30 0 35 0 4 LLLA IL L LRRB m EE LL bes 1 10 amp 0 35 0 4 0 35 0 4 035 0 4 Using The Range Edit Commands The Timeline pane has four Range edit commands ee that work only when a range is defined first Let us understand their working with a few examples in which we will use each command in two different circumstances a when none of the objects are selected and b when some objects are selected Each set has three screenshots 1 The original objects 2 result when none of the objects are Using ActivePresenter Windows Using The Timeline 230 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 selected and 3 result when some objects are selected The Gut Command The Cut command places the cut contents on the clipboard You can paste that content in a new slide The following example shows the effect of the Cut command when no objects are selected in the slide The original slide No object selected The slide and all objects are edited The entire slice of the range with the parts of objects enclosed in it is cut away Thus the slide duration is reduced by the duration of Cut Delete No objects selected MU d If an object spans on both sides of the range its remaining parts are joined e g Shape 1 Shape 4 was deleted because it was completely inside the ra
106. 00 H Annotation fo Interaction Slide Background Save Slide As Image Small Medium wn Waveform Bar Height View All Objects Play Preview Pause The orange stripe shows the pause mark When the Playhead reaches this marker the presentation will pause and wait for the user input A pause mark can be seen in the Time Bars of Interaction type objects only The placement of this mark is decided by the time you set in the Settings tab of the Event Editor to pause the presentation You cannot drag this mark in the Timeline to change its timing Note that the length of the Time Bar after the pause mark is only nominal because you cannot predict how long the user will wait before responding Therefore the longer the actual pause the longer the Time Bar actually gets Using ActivePresenter Windows Freeze frame The Freeze frame control is superimposed on the time bar of an audio video object e Incase of a video object the yellow diamond shows the onset of frame freeze in case of a video object and the yellow band shows the duration of the pause during which the last frozen frame will be displayed e Incase of an audio object the yellow diamond shows the onset of Using The Timeline 228 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 silence and the yellow band shows the duration of the silence For details Refer to the Objects appe
107. 2 ActivePresenter User Manual Group 1 Elements The following screenshot shows properties for Shape which is a typical representative of Group 1 elements The other elements in this group have lesser properties than Shape General Interaction Annotation Auto Annotation Text Hotkeys Double Arrow Highlight Spotlight Feedback Text Caption Question Title Answer Label Correct Incorrect Hint Complete Incomplete Accept Reject Cursor Path foom n Pan Closed Caption Text Preview Snap to default interaction if any Generate text from default interaction if any AutoFit Text Change Text Preferred Size Timing Width 250 Z Height 100 E Duration ms E Transition Effects Entrance Fadeln w Duration ms 500 Exit Fade Out v Duration ms 500 Shaw in Mode Demonstration Tutarial Practice Test Version 4 0 Restore Defaults Elements in this group have the following properties onap to default interaction if any Causes the mouse pointer to automatically jump to the default interaction if any Customizing ActivePresenter Customizing The Preferences 313 ActivePresenter User Manual Generate text from default interaction if any Version 4 0
108. 33 Tne Gop COMIMaNG ies T EE 233 MNS CODY Command se poc ceed tec taa toi Dane aan eed ama eapite s canetataacusembauaemetaacuaemtcacuetetoacts 234 Using TAG Join COMMANG ss eei eet te uta hee te ad a ate etude e ates aa buius 235 Using The Adjust volume Control aic cate Oost aaa a Cosas a Gta ects Goats 236 Productivity Tips For Timellhe io trace oin E ha tx doa E aE EE 238 Using Calibrate Audio Input dialog siot at ein eine bn i s ode ebd Ru ius toot oaa ond 240 Using Qutput EanglageEdllOl s einen desta cx nese eso cet hab MEE Geb dete ndr eec t Run duin debeant 241 eas cf M ce 243 Oven SW ORODJE IS usir nm ctis tont Eee cord n a aon dune im niim inr d dati ee 243 PAO AVON OIC CS sueta kot LEER ELE EI LSU E UN CS Ea EER 243 IMtSraACHON OD CCIS TTE EE 244 General Properties Of ODJGCIS i orti rer interni e esn knee a xu nana duke E xan d xe E E RRN 245 OBI SCESS IV ICS IT 248 MOGUC fo a Eos 0 EC eee TEE DOM 249 WOU S GeO o AM RIEN HE EMEN 250 ji ime oT 250 KV S RR MY 251 WIOUS CHIOV f 252 TPN Os ENN eats irritates iirc iat LURTr 253 eire SER 214 gate Ea a ES IU EM 253 Question MUNDI CHOICE zessnarige COR DE RON eT da ET 255 Question Multiple He polSe cue RAE RFAEEEAR atin ELE QUAM ee eee 256 oue Tore ESSE usd umane teEU eas Dni cM In Rea ER I C LES E RI Soa one 258 Table of Contents 8 Activ
109. Choose your preferred The drop down menu provides the choice of available languages language Max recently used The spinner defines the number of recently opened projects would Customizing ActivePresenter Customizing The Preferences 307 ActivePresenter User Manual projects Version 4 0 be listed Note that a large number is not actually useful Instead cultivate the habit of storing the project files in a hierarchical folder system so that you can retrieve any project fast Clear list button ActivePresenter will forget the actual list of recently opened projects Canvas background color Use this to change the color of the canvas background Click on the button to see a palette of colors Select any desired color Please note that this will only affect the canvas inside ActivePresenter editor it does not affect your projects at all If you want to change the default background color for all slides in a project go to Project menu Project Information Background Color Show disabled features Controls whether ActivePresenter will show menu and toolbar items for features which is not available in the edition you are using For example you can choose to hide most of the items on Export menu if you are using a Free edition Show UAC elevating message on start up In order to be able to capture applications which were run as Administrator ActivePresenter will also need Administrator privileg
110. Count gt 2 lt SlideCount gt lt TakenSlide gt 2 lt TakenSlide gt lt InteractionCount gt 2 lt InteractionCount gt lt TakenInteraction gt 2 lt TakenInteraction gt lt Correct gt 2 lt Correct gt lt Points gt 2 lt Points gt lt MaxPoints gt 2 lt MaxPoints gt lt Percent gt 100 lt Percent gt lt Result gt true lt Result gt Details Interaction lt SlideIndex gt 1 lt SlideIndex gt lt ReportID gt 1_4 lt ReportID gt lt Attempts gt 1 lt Attempts gt Exporting The Project gt Reporting Options 155 ActivePresenter User Manual lt Interaction gt lt Details gt lt Report gt lt Content gt lt Interaction gt lt Interaction gt lt Points gt 1 lt Points gt lt MaxPoints gt 1 lt MaxPoints gt lt Result gt Correct lt Result gt lt Type gt Text Box lt Type gt lt Answers gt demo lt Answers gt lt SlideIndex gt 2 lt SlideIndex gt lt ReportID gt 2_1 lt ReportID gt lt Attempts gt 1 lt Attempts gt lt Points gt 1 lt Points gt lt MaxPoints gt 1 lt MaxPoints gt lt Result gt Correct lt Result gt lt Type gt Multiple Choice lt Type gt lt Answers gt 1 lt Answers gt Report In JSON Format The report is formatted in JSON JavaScript Object Notation format Here is a sample Correct 2 Points 4 Result true Details Max Points 4 Percent 100 Name Demo Description Project for demo
111. D M III SI LM M INI MSIPLIM M III MEE IIDNd 19 How ActivePresenter Manages The Resources ccceececeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeetaneeseeeaes 20 FAVMOUA Mie NETT UL DIT TL UTENDUM 20 Annotation During Capture Pase suni ied a Ro ie ai iet a n cd O 21 AclvePresenter And LMS aasusg tasks otutcts ep tra eg Cuba rubet ee gtutas ep uite uela cw tde i aeg autas deg nau aeg cO 22 Pe aneriaadnereneiaoniaranaal 23 Interactive Presentation Modes ssessssessssseesennnenee nennen nnne nnne nens neas 23 DEMONS AON Mode NT T D TOUT ETT 23 EPIS FS MIO ENTE E LL URP 23 Practice ele TTE UU aetna 23 Table of Contents 2 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 TeSt T REN 24 mic MIS Rc URINE TOT E TUTO 24 aisle mem e 24 nib MK 24 Overview OP AcUVePTOeSenlbl voie baee iso eeu a ov dna bu es OSEE D uU Ru ERU REMO E RUE 24 A E I iadfeici niis Mime ijo prse 1 eel 25 Feature CoImbalisSoOlumesesiiiubi cde Sed sedeo attt de iade du eiut ied e debet equ deb edo Ses iad 25 Systeme Grief lS aus ocho aeo edet resedit cto av as lacets m as lad ari la he lend ari a lod dni tans 26 IistellitigACUVel res enllel3 Gia ds oum telat Mecum Eomae Mat iat enn Mat MI IC IM PLI DUE 26 TheMultier Help SyStOl ocu coe ene eaput rs Deae toes toga Dune oes pago wk suete te pone web sueteta xpo qwe ras ntque 27 GCieatling A coe 29 pars LE
112. DOMINGO dos o s a da toatgaetinata da taatgaeninata da toataaet nals A N 102 General Golem ETT EET 102 Advanced ODHOMS emer c 105 EXDOING LOWS VISCO tcp 107 General 9 116 gc een er eee md dm ant rdi demum ian eer eee ee ea eee ere 107 PON ANCCE CHO S edu tacto a cu dci Ue I 109 Exporting TO BI IML SIDS SD OW iicet deine eee tI et Dima re t Peru dice a t S ethdn decade Pete d e Ubog ud 111 General ODIO Su oob iis et te EE emu oM EM CN MM DEM M ee oM dud 111 POVANCCO O DHOLSuetexsteeiesesinnteiatumsostetc e testa Leeds coitum al cexence iam ani Sedem ES Ede Ru Qruu es Een MU OrE 113 Exporbrng Fro Adobe PDEDOGUmellb s scatet onc usate Pe oca due er acto e Doe cordi eto e 115 General ODIOFS us ee Sn eee te ae ett RT ie a a MM 115 Advanced OPNS iei tems ea daa unen teda uacua deu tastes am deudasud aep tuse degddstd aee fuk deua nata 117 TS SME ODON S e E Ret ee ene eee ere ere 119 Exporting To Microsoft Word Document cccccceccceeeceeeceeese cece eeseeesaeesaeeseeseeeseeeseeeseeeneeenes 121 Table of Contents 5 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 General ODUOFIS s cosi o i enam ON 121 Advanced OPUN tc Meme ens ee tnt tte rn ete ee ne ee o obe telo esie boleto ee deleto ee eee ee 124 Creating Gusuim WOFd SIO AUC cis etal ea escenas een eae endum ata eed ate 125 Exporting To Microsoft Excel Worksheet ccccccceeeseeeseeeseeeseeeseeeeeeeseeesaeeseeeseeeseeeseeeneeenes 126 General 116
113. Drag n Drop Y Y Y Y In fact for each object you can specify multiple trigger conditions and corresponding actions Further for a given trigger condition you can define multiple actions in a pre defined sequence For example 1 Ifthe mouse rolls over the shape display the hint message 2 When the mouse rolls out of the shape hide the hint message 3 If the user presses CTRL Click a display a message first and then b end the presentation 4 lf the user presses SHIFT Click go to slide 25 The Trigger Conditions a k a Events The trigger conditions are explained below Trigger Remarks Mouse click You can define specific combinations of LMB RMB clicks and modifier Editing A Project Advanced Editing 77 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 keys SHIFT CTRL and ALT For example ALT SHI F T Left click Keystroke Any press of a single key of the keyboard OR hot key e g CTRL ALT SHIFT P is defined as a keystroke Text You can define a text string and optionally make it case sensitive If the user enters exactly the same string the condition is met On Correct When the answer is correct On Incorrect When the answer is not correct On Incomplete When the answer is incomplete For example e The user leaves a field blank in the Text Box object and Question objects that contain a text box Fill in Blank Fill in Multiple
114. Image Resource Properties Window 204 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 Using The Properties Window You can change the visual and aural properties of the following annotation type objects Shapes Text Caption Highlight Spotlight and Feedback You can also change visual and aural properties of interactive objects Right click the interactive object and from the context menu select the Style option This is done with the Properties window Fill Type amp Mo Fill C Solid Fill 2 Gradient Fill O Image Fill J Inherit From Base Style Style Preview The window works as follows 1 Select different aspects of the object by clicking on these buttons Using ActivePresenter Windows Using The Properties Window 205 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 2 This pane shows the options for the aspect selected in the left pane 3 This area shows controls that implement the option selected above If you click in the Style preview check box a small window pops up as shown It shows a preview result of your changes The Fill Section In this section you can customize the body of the object You can choose from the following options Option Remarks No fill The object s body becomes transparent no solid color or gradient of colors Solid fill Color Opacity 255 Fills the shape with a single color 1 Click on the drop down arrow A color swatch appe
115. Image options Parameter Options Remarks oize Range 10 to 150 The size is relative to canvas size selected at the beginning of the project you can check this out at any time by using the Project Project Information menu option in steps of 10 Note that ActivePresenter only works with logical size i e pixels However when displayed printed the physical size depends on pixels and the dpi dots per inch setting of the displaying printing device Color Depth True Colors 24 bit Higher color depth makes the presentation look 256 Colors 8 bit stunning But it also Increases the file size When the images are inserted in other files that file also will Grayscale 8 bit become large Format JPEG Due to their specs and compression algorithms JPEG Exporting The Project Exporting To Microsoft Excel Worksheet 127 ActivePresenter User Manual PNG Version 4 0 is best suited for pictures while PNG is best suited for computer generated images screenshots drawings Note that JPEG compression is lossy while PNG is lossless so PNG retains crystal clear quality but the downside of PNG is that it does not compress well with pictures very big file size and the decoding when viewing is slower than JPEG However screenshots are compressed better with PNG the file has small size and there is no loss of quality Optimization Level None Low Normal High Ultra Ran
116. Intended Audience Version 4 0 12 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 2 Viewers students They are the indirect users of ActivePresenter They watch the exported presentation practice and take a test In some cases the presentation is run and moderated by the presenter In other cases the viewers students run the presentation in self paced mode as guided by the presentation itself In this context this manual is meant for the direct users of ActivePresenter i e for the presenters teachers No previous experience of screencasting is assumed All terms are explained within this manual How To Use This Manual It is best to read the main chapters of this manual from start to finish Then you can read the Appendices in any order This manual has hyperlinks that are displayed in bold red NOT in blue text with underline Terms Used Some technical jargon especially terms related to video encoding terms are explained below For more details please refer to the Wikipedia Term Meaning Key frame To reduce the size of the video file a compression technique is used in which the computer stores the whole visual information for only a few frames called key frames For the rest of the frames it only stores the differential information with reference to the preceding key frame in some compression schemes a frame s content is derived from key frames on both side of it LMS A Learning Management System
117. L is a huge standard which has many tags meanwhile ActivePresenter s editor only support some basic tags for formatting characters and paragraphs Using HTML text copied from other applications may produce incorrect result in some output such as HTML5 oimulation Selecting this option is not recommended Select this option allows ActivePresenter to adjust the width of shape automatically to have a best look when importing XLIFF Customizing ActivePresenter gt Customizing The Preferences 324 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 What s New All changes are tagged to identify their source Tag What it means New A new feature was introduced in the latest ActivePresenter Modified An existing feature was modified enhanced in the latest ActivePresenter Added The earlier version of manual missed a feature detail Corrected Mistake in an earlier version of manual is corrected now In the table below click on the page number in the left column to jump to the changed text Use your pdf reader s Back button to return here Page What s new 24 136 New Exporting To HTML5 Simulation The Exporting To AJAX Simulation is removed 80 173 New Drag and Drop Interaction 183 186 195 196 253 265 67 New Find and replace text 92 New Right to left language 94 New Active Window 88 90 New Replace slide backgrounds 80 New Play Audio action 221 New
118. Leave it selected 2 Inthis section give a name to the new project and select the folder to store it Hemember that if you plan to insert any videos in this project the disk must have enough space for those videos apart from the captured project s size 3 This section lists the four profiles of capturing Full Motion Recording FMR Record movie Streaming Video Smart Capture with FMR and Smart capture At this time we will select the FMR method the appendix explains how to select or create an appropriate profile for a given purpose Hemember that you can change the capture mode even during recording The controls at the right allow you to edit these default modes and even create your own profiles Refer to appendix for details When you press OK ActivePresenter now needs to know the area of the screen is to be captured and other settings for the new project oince the actual capturing is just one step away your target application must be running at this time If not launch it now and re size its window as desired ActivePresenter displays the following window Creating A New Project Creating A Capture Project 33 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 Capture rea Audio Input Fi J l Size p00 x 600 Device Microphone High Defini v Ex Lock to application Volume Hato EG Mozilla Firefox Start Par v FD Record System Audio The screen has three parts 1 The Capture Area section allows you
119. Manual Version 4 0 Exported Closed Captions as ooft Subtitles SRT Export Closed Caption as Hard Subtitles Zoom n Pan Include Cursor Path Export Audio If you select this option the Closed Captions will be exported as a separate subtitle file with srt extension The player must have the capability to display subtitles Note that this allows you to change the font size and color of the subtitles at play time You can also change the srt file to display the subtitles in a different language If you select this option the Closed Captions will be hard coded inside the video In this case any video player can play the video can also display subtitles However the attributes of the subtitles cannot be changed at play time If selected the effects of zoom n pan objects will be included in the exported video Whether to render the cursor paths or not This option is selected by default Deselect this option if you want to remove audio from the output Since the audio data is not written to the output file so the file size will be smaller comparing to a similar video with silence audio Video Option Remarks Video Size Range 50 to 150 in steps of 10 The reference is the canvas size which you specified when you created the project The video will be rescaled using Bicubic interpolation Note that the aspect ratio is fixed when you created the project it cannot be changed at render
120. Oe images m Downloads index Recent places ce SkyDrive b Homegroup jM This PC H BN oil h Etapes Sans titre w WEB APPS M1 L1 CE 0 05 1 Double clic ici 2 Double clic ici w AJAX 3 Double clic sur Name zone de texte w index 4 Double clic sur Name zone de texte images 5 Cliquer sur Items View boite de liste 6 Cliquer sur Items View boite de liste Cacher la liste de diapositives EN NE Using ActivePresenter Windows Using Output Language Editor 242 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 Objects In this appendix you will learn the best uses of each type of object in a presentation and also how to control its properties Overview Of Objects In ActivePresenter the objects belong to two different categories e Objects that are used for annotation e Objects that are used to interact with the user Annotation Objects The annotation objects add value to the slide visually but they do not interact with the user by responding to his different actions Thus they do not change the course of the presentation in response to the user inputs such as going to a certain slide pausing resuming etc They are as follows Object Typical uses Screenshot Adds a screenshot of anything on the screen This could be a website a TV grab a still from a movie etc The screenshot can be inserted as an object in a slide or as background of the slide Shape Adds
121. Package Version 1 0 Identifier SCORM PACKAGE Organization Title Presentation ltern Title Presentation Cancel Generate No If your LMS supports both 1 2 and 2004 versions of eiii SCORM1 2 SCORM please choose 2004 version the latest version SCORM 2004 packa Specify a version that can be used to differentiate manifests ge i eren with the same identifier For example if you are uploading the same project after modifying it provide a different version number Identifier opecify a name used by the LMS to identify different manifests This value is generated automatically by ActivePresenter but you can change it if needed Organization opecify a title for the organization which this item belongs to Title ActivePresenter automatically generates this value from project name However you can enter a difference text Exporting The Project Exporting To Video 105 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 Item Title opecify a title for the item ActivePresenter automatically generates this value from project name However you can enter a difference text Exporting The Project Exporting To Video 106 ActivePresenter User Exporting To Manual Version 4 0 Flash Video This has two different options General and Advanced SCORM General Options General Advanced Rendering Options Zoom n Pan Include Cursor Path Export Audio Video Video Size Key Frame Audio Channe
122. Restore Defaults Cancel The Cursor tab controls the appearance of the captured image of the mouse pointer in the rendered output The main choice is whether to capture the mouse pointer at all Indeed if your application is not interactive there is no point in capturing the mouse action it will be only distracting the viewer and so it is best to deselect this option The Restore defaults button at the bottom restores the values to their default values This is useful if you have experimented with the controls far too much and want to start over If you do select the Record Mouse Cursor option the following sub options are offered Option Remarks Show Mouse f you deselect this option ActivePresenter will record the mouse cursor only in Full Motion inthe Smart capture mode but not in the FMR mode Recording Mode Using ActivePresenter Windows gt Using The Capture Profile Editor 169 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 Add Mouse This option is available only if you have selected the Smart capture mode Click Sound If you select this option ActivePresenter inserts a simulated sound when you click LMB RMB or double click LMB ActivePresenter doesn t support a MMB click Use Simple This option is available only if you have selected the Smart capture mode Cursor Path By default ActivePresenter records the actual real time movement of the mouse pointer But if you select this option Acti
123. TRI URS E OC C ere TE UD REESE 29 Find The SUCCESS IF ACIONS asas ca note eth Oo ob octets hrc aan aren 29 Prepare An Outline And Storyboard cccccccccecccceeeeceeeceeeeeeceeceeseeeeseacessaeeeseeeesseeeseeeeteneeeas 30 Identify Your Sources For PreSentation cccccccccsececesececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseaeessueeeseeeesaeeeseeeessneeess 31 Selecting The Content Generation Method cccccceececeeceeseeeececeseeeeeseueesseeeeseeessueesseeeseaees 31 Creando Ar apes P EO sanina s cuando uote etant dau Le eoa ma Dessen a E tau te e assu Nei 32 The Cabtule Area SeClOFiau cene ei sites ete uto cineca ute io toC S ete dads 34 EINE PUIG IO TSS CUO m E o 0 Um 35 The Start Capture and More Options Section seeesseeesseseseeeneeeenneennee 36 Creating A Project From PowerPoint Presentation cccccceeecceeeeeseeeeceeeeeeeeeeseeeeseeeeeseneenaaees 37 Creating A Project btom aS out inen P xanh cuenten acne nena testen Usa DUE 40 Credo AUBIAn POE usciti iq eso at ur uo edi apr ED A eto taba in ate e tard nope ecu ta rua iC RE 41 Svid SO nderit tdt ndis cunt dium eriam eim nd imi eine d dat iun ed ant dnd 43 Closing The Project Without Saving ccccceecccseececeeeeeseeeeseeeesseeeeseucessaeeeseueessaeeeseneetsaeeesees 43 Shining Fro eesi te Unida uates aste n aie aedis E oculata iude 43 Opening A EXISUM MeN EC xoi cass Fechas ang sass onu E o rue ER 45 Opening Multiple Projects Simultaneously
124. Version 4 0 1 In the Slides pane select a slide by using either Thumbnails or Titles tab 2 Goto the Properties panel and click in the Name field and type a new name You can also use some simple HTML tags lt b gt lt i gt lt u gt lt span gt to format the name of slide Press ENTER to confirm the change ck on Desktop list blo Description Group Title Program Manager Show In Slide List Show Continue Numberin Duration ms Transition Mone E Background Color Project s Setting Image Image 1 Image Boundary 0 0 1904 Left 0 Top Width 1904 Height 968 H Accessibility Auto Label Name Description Editing A Project Project Level Editing 51 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 3 lf you want to format the name of slide in a visual way you can click the button on the right of the Name field to launch the HTML editor The editor contains the most common formatting functions to change the name of slide After editing click OK to confirm the changes amp DEBxiocio amp A Font Arial v Size 0 v BIUS Ez Fight click on Desktop list box Note that you can select multiple slides to rename at once To rename a single slide you can also double click the slide in the Titles window to launch the HTML editor sorting The Slides Now that the
125. a shape on around the point of interest ActivePresenter offers a choice of 44 shapes rectangle oval arrows cross diamond call outs etc Text Caption Adds text to explain highlight something Highlight Overlays a colored semitransparent area on some part of the screen to highlight it Spotlight Overlays a dark screen on the display area and allow only a certain area to be fully visible This creates an effect like we are watching a dark screen with a search light Objects gt Overview Of Objects 243 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 Feedback Adds a widget that displays the user s activity on screen only applicable in an interactive presentation Cursor Path Manipulates the movement and clicks of the mouse to simulate that the user of the application is using his mouse in that manner Zoom n Pan During rendering zooms in the virtual camera on some interesting part of the screen to show in more detail Closed Closed Captions are like subtitles on a movie text that can be read at the Caption bottom of the screen It is optional The viewer has the control whether to display CC on his screen Image Adds an image in the slide Audio Adds an audio clip in a slide Video Adds a video clip Note that the video can be re sized to cover the whole screen or projected on a part of the screen Interaction Objects The interactive objects are designed to respond to
126. ack which function as follows Clear Clear all user input on the question e g make text fields empty uncheck radio button check box Skip Go to the next slide Back Go to the previous slide Submit Get user input evaluate and execute suitable actions User can change these default behaviors by editing On Click actions of these buttons from the Event Editor window Select the question then double click the button to launch the Event Editor In the rendered presentation the object functions as follows The question 2 all answers 3 and the buttons 6 are displayed The answers are shuffled randomly each time the question shows The user is expected to drag and drop the answers so that they have the same order as the author placed them Apart from this primary behavior the object also has secondary behaviors To set up all behaviors of the object double click on the Target area This launches Event Editor with the object s current settings in the following tabs Settings On Correct On Incorrect and On Timeout You have to set up the behavior of each button separately Double click on the button to launch Event Editor with the button s current settings in the following tabs On Click On Rollover and On Rollout Objects gt Introduction To Objects 264 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 Question Drag n Drop You should read Creating Drag and Drop Interactions to have basic concept
127. al clear quality but the downside of PNG is that it does not compress well with pictures very big file size and the decoding when viewing is slower than JPEG However screenshots are compressed beiter with PNG the file has small size and there is no loss of quality Optimization None These are relative compression levels Note that the Level Low higher the compression level the longer it takes to export Normal e Select None when testing the output High J e Select Ultra or High when exporting the final Ultra result e This option is only available if the PNG image format is selected Quality Range 1 to 100 The higher the quality the larger the output file size This option is only available if the JPEG image format is selected Output location Template Location of the template file which the doc file has to use Output File Specify the file path and name of exported document Exporting The Project Exporting To Microsoft Word Document 123 ActivePresenter User Manual Advanced Options These are SCORM related options General Advanced SCORM Options Generate SCORM Package Package Version 1 0 Organization Title Item Title Identifier Presentation Version 4 0 Mo SCORM PACKAGE Presentation D ocument Exporting The Project Exporting To Microsoft Word Document Parameter Options Remarks Generate No lf your LMS s
128. alent to the Notes field in PowerPoint Group Title Blank For creating groups Slides with the same group title will automatically belong to the same group ActivePresenter does not have a separate mechanism to define slide groups Take care in entering names A small spelling change will put the slide in a different group White spaces also count It s better to select several slides and change group title at once in Properties pane This is used if you export the project to document formats PDF Word Excel in compact mode In compact mode of export only one image is exported for each slide group Background None olide background in ActivePresenter is mainly used for the image of a Image step where to click what key is pressed in interactions chain when Editing A Project Project Level Editing 55 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 creating software tutorials A background image can also be used for other purposes such as show a corporate logo throughout the presentation set different backgrounds for different segments subjects of the presentation show a theme etc Click button to edit the background image Background Position 0 0 0 0 There are four parameters here 1 x offset from top left corner default 0 2 y offset from top left corner default 0 3 Width of the background image 4 Height of the background image Changing the width and height scales the original imag
129. also has secondary behaviors To set up all behaviors of the object double click on the Target area This launches Event Editor with the object s current settings in the following tabs Keystroke Settings On Correct On Incorrect On Timeout On Rollover and On Rollout Mouse Hover The Mouse Hover is an interactive object It consists of two separate elements as shown below Objects Introduction To Objects 252 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 In a rendered interactive presentation the object functions as follows i im l When the mouse rolls over the Target area 1 the object displays the Hint message 2 Apart from this primary behavior the object can execute any number of additional tasks as defined in its interaction tabs It responds to two events mouse rollover and rollout Apart from this primary behavior the object also has secondary behaviors To set up all behaviors of the object double click on the Target area This launches Event Editor with the object s current settings in the following tabs On Rollover and On Rollout Drop Area You should read Creating Drag and Drop Interactions to have basic concepts about drag and drop before reading this section You can insert Drop Area from the Interaction menu or convert it from a drop target If it is inserted from the menu a correct drag source and feedback messages are also inserted automatically You can remove them if not needed or change th
130. ame in a log in screen the text box may have a name like User Name type This is the type of the item that you are interacting with The types of items are provided by the OS For example you are typing in a text box then its type is text box If you are clicking on a button then its type is button value This is what you are entering while capturing If you are pressing a key the value is the key that you ve pressed If you are entering text into a text box then the value is the text you ve entered Customizing ActivePresenter gt Customizing The Preferences 319 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 The Hot keys Tab This tab contains all the hot keys used by ActivePresenter for various functions General Interaction Annotation ActivePresenter Project i Create Project Open Project a Save All Close Project Properties Project Settings Shrink Project e Recent Projects Exit View Slide Annotation Interaction New hot key Export T Ctrl C locale rs Ize Currently assigned to Canvas Timeline 6 Restore Defaults umm ca dens l The GUI works as follows 1 All the major functions of ActivePresenter are grouped functionally in a hierarchical tree The tree consists of nodes like Project Edit View etc Each node contains a group of related functions
131. an also define it in the On Heject tab of the drop target s Event Editor Note In case of Drop Area a special drop target object On Correct and On Incorrect are triggered instead of On Accept and On Reject e Snap Behavior Specify properties of drag sources after they are dropped onto one of selected drop targets o Size In percentage of drag sources original sizes o Opacity From 0 to 255 The higher the value the more opaque the drag sources o Position Absolute The drag sources remain at the same position where users drop them Anchor The drag sources snap to an anchor in the drop target Users can select one of nine anchors in the dropdown list e g Top Left Top Center Tile The drag sources are arranged so that they fill the drop target but do not cover each other Users can select one of eight tiling direction in the dropdown list e g From Top Left To Right From Top Right To Left Drop Area Drop Areas are drop targets that assess score and keep track of user response For Drop Areas accepted means correct and rejected means incorrect In other words an On Correct or On Incorrect event is triggered when users drop a drag source onto a Drop Area instead of On Accept or On Reject A Drop Area cannot contain more than one dropped source When users drop a new accepted drag source it will replace the old one if any the old one will be sent back to its original position Drop Area Please
132. an be edited in different ways 1 Change the physical properties position on screen size fill outline colors transparency shadow etc 2 Change the text inside the object especially text in questions Text caption closed caption etc See Appendix Objects for details Moving The Objects In Timeline In a presentation the timely entry and exit of each object is all important Therefore you must adjust the time bar of each object very carefully and play the slide repeatedly to check whether the overall effect is exactly as you wanted Refer to the Using The Timeline appendix to know how to manipulate the objects on the Timeline slide Background Slide background is mainly used for storing the main screenshot of each step when creating software tutorials The slide background can also be used to create a corporate identity on all slides typically in the form of corporate logo and or a pattern that has corporate colors It can also be used to set apart different groups of slides For example your presentation may have multiple topics or you may have a multi session training program In such a case you can use a different background image for each topic session Find And Replace Text To locate a word or phrase in slides text in objects and then replace it with another word or phrase do the following 1 Click the Edit menu then click Find to find or click Replace to find and replace the text You can also use
133. an interval of silence When the slide is played in preview mode or exported the host audio clip is paused for the duration of the Freeze frame control s duration However the other objects in the slide are played normally Normally you would apply this effect only to a significant audio track that needs to be synchronized with the visual part of the presentation for example you would not need it for a background music track A typical example is to re sync a stand alone commentary track with the rest of the slide by holding it off for a few seconds Objects Introduction To Objects 295 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 Menus And Shortcuts In this appendix the menus toolbar buttons and default keyboard shortcuts are listed Note that ActivePresenter allows you to customize the keyboard shortcuts Project Menu Menu option Shortcut Button Remarks Create Project Create a new project select the type Blank Project Ctrl K Create a new blank project New Capture Ctrl N i Create a new capture project Open Project Ctrl O F gt Open an existing project Save Ctrl S Save the current project Save All Save all open projects Save As Save the project under a new name Close Ctrl W Close the current project Project Properties 9 Project s properties Project Settings View and edit the project s settings Shrink project Make the project compact Recent Projects List of
134. and waits for the answer Interaction This is the speed milliseconds for flashing blinking the interaction object for flashing attracting viewer attention Generate Select this option to generate the HTML index page which contains the entries Index Page to open all selected modes Edit Output ActivePresenter provides ready translated texts for output name of elements of Language tooloar and messages for all supported languages If you want to modify the translation or add the support for your language click Edit Output Language button to open Output Language Editor The Output Language option in ActivePresenter 3 x or older is now obsoleted That means you can not specify the language for the output but the Project Language will be used for output Image Options Parameter Options Remarks Size The size is relative to canvas size selected at the beginning of the project you can check this out at any time by using the Project gt Project Information menu option Range 10 to 150 in steps of 10 Note that ActivePresenter only works with logical size i e pixels However when displayed printed the ohysical size depends on pixels and the dpi dots per inch setting of the displaying printing device Color Depth True Colors 24 bit Higher color depth makes the presentation look 256 Colors 8 bit stunning But it also increases the file size When the images are inserted in other files
135. ands are explained in more details here ult CTRL SHIFT C Copies the range into clipboard The original contents of the slide are not affected This command is activated only when a range is defined The range edit commands are explained in more details here CTRL Del Deletes the range Nothing is placed in clipboard compare with the Cut command This command is activated only when a range is defined The range edit commands are explained in more details here Using ActivePresenter Windows gt Using The Timeline 223 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 Button Shortcut Function Ep SHIFT Del Crop to range Everything in the slide is deleted except the content that falls within the range After this command is executed the duration of the slide Is reduced to the range This command is activated only when a range is defined The range edit commands are explained in more details here Ha Splits the selected audio video object at the Playhead position e The Timeline shows the latter part as a new object which is added to the top of the object pile e The split parts are treated as new Project level resources which appear in the Resources pane and can be further used in other slides within the project e Incase audio object each split part is shown with a separate icon in the Canvas pane However all these icons are stacked together so you cannot tell them
136. annotation objects editing those objects Advanced Editing Interactive objects accessibility localization Rendering How to export the ActivePresenter project to create different types of Exporting presentations Using Appendices that explain how different windows work in ActivePresenter ibo REEL e Capture Profile Editor How to edit all settings for screen capturing windows e Event Editor How to set up the interaction objects to respond to various trigger events e image editor How to edit images e Image Resource Properties Window How to edit the properties of image such as margins and hotspots e Properties window How to edit properties of an object e Resource pane e Timeline How to use the Timeline pane Objects Explanation about all annotation and interaction objects used in ActivePresenter e What is the basic use of each type of object e How they work e How to set their visual and behavioral properties Menus and Summary of all menus and hot keys Shortcuts Customizing Customizing the interface and behavior ActivePresenter What s new What is new in this edition of the User Manual Covers changes in the software and the manual itself Intended Audience ActivePresenter is directly and indirectly used by two different kinds of users 1 Presenters teachers They are the direct users of ActivePresenter They use ActivePresenter to prepare a presentation and export it to various formats About This Manual
137. any resource from here into the slide 3 You can choose between Library resources or Project resources Keep in mind that initially a new project does not have any internal resources till you add them Using ActivePresenter Windows Using The Resources Pane 217 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 The Style Tab E CIN Abc i mi a Q JAR Checkbox Radio Button Text Box Key Stroke Mouse Click Mouse Hower Abc Abe Abc Show styles in Library _ Project Images Efi Audio amp Video Styles This tab has three sections as marked above 1 This is the Toolbar to manage the styles The buttons work as follows Button Function op Launches the Style Editor to compose a new base style ale ep selects the styles that are unused in the current project mem Removes the selected style from the Library Project storage area E Launches the Style Editor to edit the selected style 2 his section shows the styles The currently selected style has a dark blue border around it You can drag any style from here into the slide ActivePresenter creates a call out shape with the selected style For example in the following screenshot we have dragged the preset style used for Hint type Using ActivePresenter Windows Using The Resources Pane 218 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 messages into the slide This action has created a call ou
138. apart Only when you drag them apart can you see them individually Joins the selected audio objects or video objects This command is explained later Inserts a Freeze frame control in the selected audio video track e A Freeze frame control does not have its own track It is always superimposed on an audio video object s time bar For details refer to the Objects appendix Adjusts the relative volume of the selected audio video track in the selected range as explained here Using ActivePresenter Windows gt Using The Timeline 224 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 Button Shortcut Function FIFI LILI oplits the slide at the Playhead position The slide is sliced vertically at the playhead position and a new slide is created from the second part This newly created slide is inserted immediately after the current slide e Any content in the slide that is in the right side of the playhead position is transferred to the second new slide e fthe playhead position lies in the middle of a time bar of an object that time bar is split at the playhead position and the latter part is transferred to the second new slide The Time Bar The time bar of an object represents its existence along the time axis Closed Caption Shape For example the screenshot above shows that Shape 1 will appear on the canvas at 4 second after the current slide starts playing It
139. aptions CC are exactly like subtitles you see during a movie Actually the key term is Captions The qualifier term closed means that the user and not the author has the power to display or hide the CC lines Objects Introduction To Objects 276 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 The above screenshot shows only one CC line which typically lasts for a few seconds on screen A typical slide would have tens or hundreds of such CC lines All of those CC lines belong to one single CC object The screenshot below shows three CC lines in the Timeline pane The duration of each line is shown with a yellow rectangle time bar All of them are part of a single CC object A CC line is usually a short single line sente il Pa LET DUTA GC Ine may span over multipie lines This is an example of a 2 lin CC line Timeline A CC object is quite different from other object types 1 Actually a CC object is a virtual entity It is the aggregate of all CC lines that appear in a given slide It does not have a shape of its own All CC lines in a slide are part of a single CC object You cannot have more than one CC object in a slide On the other hand a slide may not have CC object You can not change the position of the CC lines 5 The visual attributes for all CC objects can be only set globally in the project You cannot set a different visual attribute for each CC object In other words if y
140. ars Select a color 2 Move the slider to set the opacity or enter the value directly in the input box at right 255 fully opaque Gradient fill Fills the shape with a gradient of colors We will see how to create the following gradient Using ActivePresenter Windows gt Using The Properties Window 206 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 The actual controls adjusted to create this particular gradient are shown below Gradient Fill Type Linear Angle 45 Position 756 86 Color pacity The Gradient strip 3 is at the heart of the controls It shows a live sample of the gradient and lets you make changes to it in a visual manner Choose between Linear and Radial gradients using the Gradient type drop down list 1 e n Linear the shades vary in a straight direction e n Hadial the shades are in concentric circles Our example calls for Linear type gradient Choose the nclination angle of the gradient using the input box spinners 2 The angle is relevant for linear gradient only In our example we have chosen a 45 degree angle The triangular stops at the bottom of the strip show how many colors are used to compose the gradient This example shows four stops which means it uses four colors However observe that the two stops in the middle use the same white color That is to ensure that the white band in the middle is of sufficient width Click anywhere in the str
141. as size and or resolution some imported objects may lie outside the slide canvas Therefore always check all imported slides and edit them as necessary In a future version of ActivePresenter three options will be provided stretch crop and keep original size 7 Repeat steps 2 6 for other slide s 8 Close the donor project Repeat this with other donor projects to import more slides from them Inserting Slides From A PowerPoint Presentation This technique is mainly used when your primary project was created using either from Images or Capturing and now you want to add complementary slides by inserting a PowerPoint presentation This is equivalent to launching a new PowerPoint project but with the difference that the newly created slides are inserted in the current project rather than opening up a new project The new slides from this instant PowerPoint project are inserted after the current slide The procedure is same as launching a new PowerPoint project Removing A Slide To delete a slide select it in the Slides pane either in the Thumbnails or in the Titles tab and press DEL e For deleting you can also click on the A button in the main toolbar or use the Edit gt Delete menu option e To delete multiple slides at a time select those slides by using CTRL Click and or SHIFT Click and then delete them There are a number of reasons for discarding a few slides 1 The presentation is too long 2 Some slides
142. at the same time it should not be placed too much away from action because in that case your eyes would have to constantly flit to and fro between the action and the indicator which is very tiring Gesture Effect The Gesture Effect object is usually used in demonstration mode which shows how the viewer interacts with software on the touch screen Basically it looks like an animated GIF image ActivePresenter provides fourteen gesture effect types e Single Tap e Double Tap e Hold e Two Fingers Single Tap e Two Fingers Double Tap e Swipe Up e Swipe Right e Swipe Down e Swipe Left e Rotate Left e Rotate Right e Pinch In e Pinch Out e Fingers You can insert any gesture effect from the Annotation gt Gesture Effects menu Objects gt Introduction To Objects 268 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 Cursor Path This object represents the mouse movement and clicking atte V a 5 a i a E 5 a 1 a a x7 E In practice this object gets generated in two different ways e During the capture phase ActivePresenter records your mouse movements and converts them into such paths The figure above shows only one segment In real life ActivePresenter creates a complex path with multiple segments e During the edit phase you can edit the captured path or insert a new cursor path object by clicking on the 5 toolbar button or using the Annotation Cursor path menu option In general the idea is to
143. automatically when it is displayed if no object in the content has focus at that time e When the object has focus pressing the Enter or Space key is the same as clicking on the object i e actions for Left click event that are defined in the object Event Editor will be executed e When the object has focus the object outline yellow dotted by default will be displayed if Enable visual focus indicator option is selected when exporting to HTML5 e Viewer can navigate between focusable objects by pressing the Tab key if Enable keyboard navigation option is selected when exporting to HTML5 Auto Label If this property is selected accessibility text will be generated automatically from the text that the object displays or the object name if it doesn t contain any text Name Accessibility name of the object Screen reader will read this text aloud when the object appears Description This provide more information about the object Screen reader will read this text aloud when the object appears after reading the accessibility name Object Styles By default each type of object has a separate look and feel see below This is achieved by setting a different color transparency text shadow and line thickness for each Objects General Properties Of Objects 248 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 Abc Abc Abc None Text Box Key Stroke Mouse Click Mouse Hover Abc Abc Abc Abc Butto
144. b does not change from object to object Thus the Event Manager employs a different set of tabs for each interaction The tabs are described below Tab Defines Mouse Click Defines correct mouse activities e g single left click double left click right click etc with or without modifier keys such as SHIFT CTRL and ALT and optionally score actions to be taken for each specific activity Key Stroke Defines correct hot keys and optionally score actions to be taken for each hot Key Text Defines the reference text strings against which the user s input is to be compared And optionally defines score actions to be taken for each specific text string Accepted Defines drag sources that can be dropped onto the drop target and optionally Drag Sources actions to be taken for each dropped source I Also defines maximum number of accepted drag sources that can be dropped onto the drop target Using ActivePresenter Windows Using The Event Editor 173 ActivePresenter User Manual Accepted Drag Sources for Drop Area Version 4 0 Defines drag sources that can be dropped onto the drop area and optionally Score actions to be taken for each dropped source Choice for The tab checks whether the user has chosen the correct option and also Multiple optionally responds to each option chosen for example display a hint Choice message as to why this is not the correct choice and ask the
145. ck box the Points column is activated in the pane below and at the same time the Points control at the top is disabled Now you can double click in any cell in this column and enter any number In this example if the user presses CTRL P he will earn 3 points If he presses the Space bar he will earn 2 points etc 3 he Action by event check box allows you to define a different action for each event When you click in this check box the Actions column is activated in the pane below Now you can double click in any cell in the Actions column and select an action from the drop Using ActivePresenter Windows Using The Event Editor 177 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 down list In this example note that the first two events will trigger two actions each e Ifthe user presses CTRL P ActivePresenter will first display the Correct message object and then pause the presentation e lf the user presses CTRL SHIFT L the presentation will jump forward by 10 slides and then pause 4 These buttons are used to organize the entries in the bottom pane The F button adds a new action to the selected row e f you had clicked in the Event column this button adds an event e f you had clicked in the Action column this button adds an action within the same event In this way you can associate multiple actions with a given event The button removes the selected row e f you had clicked in the Event row this butto
146. creen readers do the following steps Select the slide that you want to change accessibility text In the Properties panel expand Accessibility property Deselect Auto Label property the accessibility Name and Description are now enabled In the accessibility Name field type the accessibility name or short description for the slide In the accessibility Description field type text that describes the slide Pr X x er c mer When the slide appears screen readers will read aloud the accessibility name first then the accessibility description If you don t want screen readers to read anything leave both accessibility name and description blank Customizing Accessibility Text for Objects ActivePresenter also supports accessibility text for each object on a slide By default accessibility text is generated automatically from the text that the object displays or the object name if it doesn t contain any text Therefore the default accessibility text is usually useless for objects that doesn t contain text such as video image In this case you should customize the accessibility text to provide sufficient information about the object Editing A Project Advanced Editing 87 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 Mame flower Image flower Opacity 255 Hue 0 Audio None Boundary 28 39 358 339 Lock aspect ratio Style Start Time ms Duratian 3000 ms Show In Made Demonstration Tutorial Transition Effects El Accessibility Au
147. crophone for audio recording Software For HTML slideshow or Flash and HTML5 based simulations the following web browsers are fully supported and tested e Mozilla Firefox 3 0 or higher e Google Chrome e Internet Explorer 7 0 or higher e Safari 4 or higher e For running HTML5 Simulation in Internet Explorer 7 and 8 Adobe Flash Player or Microsoft Silverlight plugin is required for multimedia playback Opera 9 50 or higher not recommended because Opera doesn t allow to simulate right click by default e For Microsoft Word export Microsoft Word 2003 or higher is required For Microsoft Excel export Microsoft Excel 2003 or higher is required For Microsoft PowerPoint import export Microsoft PowerPoint 2003 or higher is required Installing ActivePresenter It is very easy to install the ActivePresenter After downloading the installer double click on it and follow instructions General System Requirements 26 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 Activation The Free Edition does not need activation To activate the Standard and Professional Editions use the Help Activate Product menu item Updating New versions of ActivePresenter are posted at the website on a quarterly basis approximately The new versions have many exciting features To update an existing version of ActivePresenter just download the latest version of the executable and run it by double cl
148. cted row up and down in the stack e f you had clicked in the Event row these buttons move the event and all its actions together as a set e f you had clicked in the Action column these buttons move the Action row but do not affect the Event row Using ActivePresenter Windows Using The Event Editor 176 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 The Key Stroke Tab The Key stroke tab provides interaction and point allocation for keyboard activities The tab for keyboard entries is shown below Key Stroke Settings On Correct n Incorrect On Timeout On Rollover On Rollout 1 Points 4 Score by ewent Action by event Event Points Show Object Blocking Correct Message 49 Pause Presentation Go Forward 10 slides Ctrl Shift L Pause Presentation Space 2 Continue Presentation Ctrl F Go Forward 1 slide Backspace Pause Presentation As can be seen above these events are keyboard based either a single key or a combination of any number of keys but not a text string The GUI works as follows 1 The Points assigned here are common for any of the events listed below For this option to work the Score by event check box must be cleared In that case the Points column below is removed In this example if the user presses any of the combinations listed below he will earn 4 points 2 he Score by event check box allows you to specify different scores for different events When you click in this che
149. ctivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 ce fles C Users Desktop Untitled HTML5 tutorial html autofit false T dl paali Untitled zal ul Active Window Suppose you are creating a simple manual with ActivePresenter for example a Microsoft Word document shows how to delete a folder in Windows Sometimes you want ActivePresenter to capture the window of file explorer the other times you want it to capture only the confirmation dialog which ask you whether to delete the folder So how to achieve this with ActivePresenter ActivePresenter can automatically detect the area that you want to capture and save the information to captured slides That information is called Active Window To view the Active Window you can select the Slide Slide Background View Active Window Area option The following screenshot shows an Active Window area in the dotted red rectangle in a captured slide Editing A Project Advanced Editing 94 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 Organize BE Deg Delete Folder Libra E Do E Mew folder ta Git Date created 6 21 2014 9 57 AM a Mul Pig EJ Sui BE vidil iL Comi B8 r File folder The Active Window areas detected while capturing are not always fit in a certain circumstance You can modify these areas by enabling the Slide gt Slide Background gt Edit Active Window Area option After the Edit Active Window Area o
150. cts with a reference object 3 Resizing all selected objects to the size of a reference object 4 Changing the layers z order of objects The following sections show how this is done Basic Movement Of Objects You can move objects individually or in groups To move an individual object you have the following options 1 Drag the object with mouse and release the LMB when the object is placed properly 2 Click on the object Now move it by using the Arrow keys Pressing CTRL at the same time accelerates the movement by a factor of 10 To move a group of objects together you have to first form a group For this draw a lasso with the mouse or CTRL Click on all objects if you CTRL click on a selected object it gets deselected Now move the group just like you move an individual object see above Editing A Project Editing A Slide 62 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 Aligning Objects With Each Other Snapping ActivePresenter has a snap mode for the Canvas pane You can toggle this mode by using the View Snapping Canvas snapping menu option When this mode is turned on when the dragged object or group of objects come close to an edge ActivePresenter shows an orange line connecting the dragged object group and the target object The dragged object group will also make a tiny jump to align itself with this orange line If you drop the object group it aligns perfectly with the reference edge You may also choose
151. d ActivePresenter preserves the actual movement path and represents it with a B zier curve Cursor shape Click the Change cursor button to see other shapes Select any shape Customizing ActivePresenter Customizing The Preferences 316 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 and press OK Click sound This section shows three different sounds which correspond to the clicking sound associated with a Left click a Right click and a Left double click You can use another sound to create a clicking sound e The l button lets you select a sound from the library e he button lets you delete the current selection e The P button lets you play the currently selected sound Click effect This section show three different effects which correspond to the clicking effect associated with a Left click a Right click and a Left double click You can select none circle concentric circles or rectangle effect type For each effect other than none you can also customize effect color opacity and size Customizing ActivePresenter gt Customizing The Preferences 317 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 The Auto Annotation Text Tab General Interaction Auto Annotation Text Hotkeys Miscellaneous Mo Name Value Select Sname type Select 8name type Click on name type Click on name type Click on S name Click on name Left
152. de This mode is similar to Tutorial mode except it has options to create and send report about user result to specified Email or HTTP address Besides if user fails to perform expected interaction the interactive object will be displayed if it is hidden before General Basic Screencasting Concepts 23 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 Test Mode This is similar to the Practice mode but when user fails to perform properly the interactive object won t be displayed if it is hidden before Furthermore the author can limit the maximum time which users are allowed to complete the test Frame Hate To create an illusion of animation consecutive images frames show the action in small progression in quick succession The brain is tricked into believing that these discrete images show a single continuous motion This is the technique behind motion video The frequency rate at which the frames are displayed is called the Frame Rate The normal frame rate is in the range of 20 30 frames s The three commonly used frame rate standards in the TV and movie making business are 24 25 and 30 fps e Higher rates means more frames are required per second to produce the same animation which in turn will increase the file size e Lower rates result in smaller file size but make the movement jerky e Sometimes the main power supply which has 50 60 Hz AC causes the room lighting to flicker at this rate Normally this is unnoticeable
153. de out You can also change the durations in the Properties pane To remove the effect click on the diamond and drag it downward out of the Time Bar Keep dragging till the diamond turns gray and then release the LMB The effect will be removed Audio ActivePresenter displays the audio waveform on the time bars of all audio video objects to alert you that the object has an audio attached to it and therefore you should be careful in placing another audio during the same period e f multiple audios are inserted during the same time you have to make sure that they do not interfere For example one speech and one background music go well together but not two speech tracks e The relative volume of these tracks is important The volume of the background music must be much below the volume of the speech In the following screenshot the audio in stretch 1 2 is completely muted while the volume is only lowered in the 3 4 stretch Using ActivePresenter Windows Using The Timeline 227 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 As a general rule in any given stretch of time only one audio track should be dominant and the others should be lowered silenced You can change the heights of time bars which contain audio by right clicking the Timeline and selecting an option in the Waveform Bar Height menu as shown in below screenshot JT Select All Ctrl A aga p
154. ded deleted or shuffled Hesources We need multiple items for annotation shapes for the annotation styles for shapes background music pre recorded sounds such as mouse clicks additional video clips etc These are collectively known as resources The resources can be divided into two categories based on their source Preset resources and User resources e he Preset resources are predefined and get installed with the ActivePresenter They cannot be moved renamed or deleted e The User resources are the resources added by the user to the library The User resources can be further divided into two categories based on their availability global and project level e The global resources are available to all ActivePresenter projects e The project level resources are assigned to a particular project and are not available to the other projects How Resources Come Into A Project Resources get into a project in five different ways 1 Pre installed resources bundled with ActivePresenter 2 Resources added by the user from the file system to the Library e g audio video files 3 Resources added by the user from the file system to the canvas directly e g audio video files If you insert the same file multiple times in the same project the project treats each copy as a different resource and does not try to find duplicates 4 Audio objects created by the user in a slide e g recorded voice Text To Speech track
155. dered presentation transitions from the first slide to the next slide the Objects Introduction To Objects 273 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 movement of the cursor appears to be continuous without any jerks If you move the end point or the start point in any one slide ActivePresenter automatically moves the corresponding matching point in the other slide to again match their coordinates A Moving the m ves the end point here start point here ental a E a E N n However in rare cases the cursor path is out of sync e g when you delete a slide that is in the middle or delete the cursor path in that slide This results in an abrupt movement of the mouse cursor in the rendered presentation when the slide changes To avoid this you can again stitch together the ends of cursor paths of adjoining slides using the A and a buttons or by r clicking on the start end point and using the context menu options This will snap the start end point of the cursor path in current slide to the appropriate end start point of cursor path in previous or next slide Zoom n Pan The zoom n pan object shows ActivePresenter where to zoom during playback This is a re sizable rectangle that must always match its aspect ratio to the project s aspect ratio Let us understand this with an example In the following screenshot the image of the Taj Mahal occupies the entire screen Now imagine
156. dering Options Option Remarks Include Objects Include Objects Started by Event otarted by Event Create Table of Adds a TOC to the document hyperlinked to the slides Exporting The Project Exporting To Microsoft Word Document 121 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 Contents Only Export The exported area only includes the Active Window area and slide objects Active Window which are selected to export It is usually used with the Slides per page Area Contiguous option Layout options Option Remarks Slides per page One Single slide per page Two Two slides per page top bottom Contiguous The slides are written contiguously in a page until there is not enough space then it will move to the next page Compact In this mode only the screen of first slide in each group is exported For the following slides ActivePresenter exports only the slide name and slide description Description olide description None No description exported Choose on which side of the slide the description has to be placed Top Left Right or Bottom Page orientation Choose from landscape and portrait The page size is fixed A4 ActivePresenter uses fixed margins of 1 2 54 cm on all sides Use Native Use Microsoft Word auto shapes images text boxes and text for Objects representing slide objects Otherwise each object is exported as an image Using native objects will a
157. do not select any slides nothing will be imported into ActivePresenter You can select multiple slides by pressing SHIFT and CTRL keys as you click on the slides Or else just click on the Select All button Once you are satisfied with the slide selection click on the OK button This imports the pptx file into ActivePresenter The next step is to edit this project The editing techniques are described in the next chapter Creating A New Project gt Creating A Project From PowerPoint Presentation 39 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 Creating A Project From Images This is the third content generation method where images are used to create slides in ActivePresenter instead of recording a target application We will again launch ActivePresenter and on the welcome screen select the third New Project option A New Project window pops up Select the third Image Project option Immediately the right side of the window changes to show the relevant options as shown below Project Mame Untitled Savein O Users Atomi Documents ActivePresenter Untitled appro File name Capture New Project Capture New Project 2 Image 1 B Use images as objects The various parts of this window work as follows 1 The Image Project option 2 Inthis section select a name for the new project Also the folder where the project is to be saved Keep in mind that a copy of all images will be saved in the project folder and also
158. e Background Color Project s settings The part of canvas that is not occupied by the background image takes this color By default all slides of a project has the same color set by the project s settings menu But you can change the background color of any slide Click and select from the available palette of colors Duration 9000 ms You can set the duration of each slide in milliseconds This duration is represented as a slide bar in Timeline Note that you can also set the duration of the slide on the Timeline by moving the red tick on slide bar This is only the default value to start with If any object in a slide ends after this time limit ActivePresenter automatically extends that slide s duration to display all objects Transition None This is the visual effect when the presentation enters this slide Select from None Fade In Fly In and Wipe Accessibility Define properties that make the slide accessible by viewer with disabilities when viewing the project output Auto Label If this property is selected accessibility text will be generated automatically from the slide name and slide description Name Accessibility name of the slide Screen reader will read this text aloud when the slide appears Description This provide more information about the slide Screen reader will read this text aloud when the slide appears after reading the accessibility name
159. e Later during the edit phase you can add audio objects to the slide in four different ways Objects Introduction To Objects 287 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 Adding A Voice over Commentary or Dubbing Insert an audio file mp3 ogg wav wma D ox Record a new audio track 4 Convert some text to speech The last three methods are described below In the Editor window of ActivePresenter Select the Annotation Audio Create New menu option Or click on the arrow of the Je toolbar button and select Create New option A window pops up Name Audiol bue Duration 00 00 07 ecoarding Input Device Speakers High Definition Audio Device e j acu Calibrate Input Text To Speech Generate This window lets you add audio in the current slide as explained below 1 This section allows you to add audio resources Click on the W button to insert a resource from the Library or _ button to insert an audio mp3 ogg wav wma file from the disk The name of the audio resource appears in the box You can edit this name The button is used to remove an existing resource so that you can insert another resource The playback section allows you to play the track The Edit button loads the audio source in Audio Editor where you can do basic editing 2 This is the recording section where you can create an audio resource by recording your own sound Typically your commentary Objects
160. e On recent versions of Windows that have UAC http en wikipedia org wiki User_Account_Control enabled ActivePresenter will notify you on start up that it need to be elevated to capture those applications However if you just need to capture applications with normal privilege this is the most common cases then you should not care about this and can safely deselect this option to bypass the notification message Project section Control Remarks Backup project every n minutes Define how frequently to back up Save the project In rare cases when ActivePresenter crashes it will allow you to recover your last opening projects from the latest back ups Please note that these are not permanent back ups They will be automatically removed when you close your projects Default slide duration Set a default duration for each slide in milliseconds e lf the total run time for all components of a slide exceeds this value this setting will be ignored for that slide So this can also be considered as the minimum duration for each slide Default project location This is the default folder path where all new projects will be saved e You are allowed to change this folder when you save a new project Customizing ActivePresenter Customizing The Preferences 308 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 Library and Configuration section This feature is commonly used in production environment
161. e Canvas pane or its time bar in the Timeline pane From the context menu that appears select the Export To File option o f you had split the audio track in Step 3 you can save any or all of those parts individually 5 Close the project without saving ActivePresenter As TTS Generator This is a five step process 1 Open a project of any type or open an existing project Don t worry about its parameters because the project will not be changed in any way 2 Select the Annotation Audio Create New menu option Or click on the arrow of the Je toolbar button and select Create New option 3 In the Audio window that pops up type some text or copy from another document in its Text To Speech section at bottom and press the Generate button This converts the text to speech and inserts a new audio track in the slide M 4 Right click on the icon in the Canvas pane or its time bar in the Timeline pane From the context menu that appears select the Export To File option 5 Close the project without saving ActivePresenter As Video Editor This is a five step process 1 Open a project of any type or open an existing project Don t worry about its parameters because the project will not be changed in any way 2 Click on the ELI toolbar button or use the Annotation Video menu Select the video that is to be edited 3 Now you can edit this track in one or more of the following 1 Edit the
162. e PNG image format is selected Quality Range 1 to 10096 The higher the quality the larger the output file size This option is only available if the JPEG image format is selected Output Location Define the location where the exported images will be placed Exporting The Project Exporting To Images 100 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 SCORM Options These are the SCORM related options General Advanced SCORM Options Generate SCORM Package Mo Package Version 1 0 Identifier SCORM PACKAGE Organization Title Presentation Image Item Title Presentation Cancel Parameter Options Remarks Generate No lf your LMS supports both 1 2 and 2004 versions of SCORM SCORM SCORM 1 2 please choose 2004 version the latest version Package SCORM 2004 p Specify a version that can be used to differentiate manifests with ackage a Versi the same identifier For example if you are uploading the same ersion EFC project after modifying it provide a different version number Identifier opecify a name used by the LMS to identify different manifests This value is generated automatically by ActivePresenter but you can change it if needed Organization opecify a title for the organization which this item belongs to Title ActivePresenter automatically generates this value from project name However you can enter a difference text Item Title opecify a title for the item ActivePres
163. e burned in before joining it with the other resources 6 If the source audio video resource is logical that is created by any of the following operations Cut Crop Delete Paste Join Split Insert Freeze Frame Silence or Adjust Volume and not used by any object it will be deleted from the Resource pane If it is a physical resource or is used by any object it still shows in the Resource Pane In addition the newly joined track also is added to the Resource Pane 7 The original audio video objects may not have identical properties e g height width aspect ratio resolution fps bit rate ActivePresenter solves this problem by using all parameters of the first resource for its output Within a project the resources are joined only virtually The actual joining of the objects takes place only when the presentation is exported rendered at which time ActivePresenter converts all objects from their respective formats into the desired format and joins them directly Using The Adjust Volume Control If the slide has multiple concurrent audio tracks you will have to ensure that only one of those tracks is dominant at any time and the other tracks are either muted or with lowered volumes This balance keeps changing In other parts of the slide you may have to give dominance to other track s This is where the Adjust Volume control is helpful When you click on the 4 button the following window pops up Using ActivePres
164. e frame control s duration However the other objects in the slide are played normally Now why should we want to do this in the first place Well sometimes a video contains a significant scene which lasts only for a few seconds The scene is over even before your audience has the time to absorb the important clues If this were a live lecture you would pause the video and explain various parts of the frozen scene to your audience But what to do if this is a self running video This is where the Freeze frame is useful It allows you to pause a video for the duration of its time bar You can extend this pause as long as you want and add a commentary track or annotations to analyze the frozen video frame Closed Caption T Shape 4 T Shape 3 7 Commentary 9 Video 2 T In the above example the video in Video2 object is frozen and an audio commentary is introduced in the paused duration During this time two annotation shapes are also displayed on the screen and two closed caption lines appear While the video is paused all these other objects are played normally Objects gt Introduction To Objects 294 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 Note that you can insert any number of Freeze frame controls in a video clip This allows you to pause the video any number of times and explain those frames to your viewers Pausing An Audio Track Inserting Silence When a Freeze frame control is inserted in an audio track it inserts
165. e in the template you type SlideName 7 at that location Only the usage of Slidelmage 1 is different This used to specify the location of slide content slide background balloons captions texts You need to insert Word drawing canvas and set its Alternative Text to Slidelmage 1 2 Styling The Contents To set style font name font size color for Slide Name Slide Description you can not set text properties directly to the tags instead you need to open the Styles pane and add new styles and named them as SlideName and SlideDescription ActivePresenter will automatically use these styles when writing Slide Name and Slide Description text After exporting you can also change these styles easily by opening exported document and changes appropriate styles Exporting The Project gt Exporting To Microsoft Word Document 125 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 Exporting To Microsoft Excel Worksheet This has two tabs General options and advanced options General Options General Advanced Rendering Options Include Objects Started by Event Only Export Active Window Area Layout Slides Per Page One Description Top Page Orientation Landscape Use Native Objects Image Size 10096 Color Depth True Colors 24 bit Format PNG Optimization Level None Output Template Output File D APresentationXExcelPresentation xlsx Cancel Rendering options Option Remarks Include Objects Started b
166. e in unchecked modes by default the object is invisible in Practice and Test mode You can also change the object s style Fill Line Text and Shadow to make it always invisible in all modes The User action must be the same as one of events defined in the Mouse Click tab of the Event Editor otherwise On Incorrect message is displayed For example if the predefined event is CT RL Left Click but user clicks on the Target area without holding down the CTRL key he is doing it incorrectly Apart from this primary behavior the object also has secondary behaviors To set up all behaviors of the object double click on the Target area This launches Event Editor with the object s current settings in the following tabs Mouse click Settings On Correct On Incorrect On Timeout On Rollover and On Rollout Note that you can make the Target area invisible by setting the line to None in the Properties pane if you don t want to reveal the correct click area to the user However this is not recommended Use the Show In Mode property of the object That is more flexible and useful especially when you want to show the object in some modes e g Demonstration and Tutorial but hide the object in other modes e g Practice and Test For example suppose you want to show a world map and quiz the user about where a certain city is For this place the Target area on that city and make it invisible Now the user can only see the map If the user
167. e project you can check this out at any time by using the Project gt Project Information menu option in steps of 10 Note that ActivePresenter only works with logical size i e pixels However when displayed printed the physical size depends on pixels and the dpi dots per inch setting of the displaying printing device Color Depth True Colors 24 bit Higher color depth makes the presentation look 256 Colors 8 bit stunning But it also Increases the file size When the images are inserted in other files that file also will Grayscale 8 bit become large Format JPEG Due to their specs and compression algorithms JPEG PNG is best suited for pictures while PNG is best suited for Exporting The Project Exporting To Adobe PDF Document 116 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 computer generated images screenshots drawings Note that JPEG compression is lossy while PNG is lossless so PNG retains crystal clear quality but the downside of PNG is that it does not compress well with pictures very big file size and the decoding when viewing is slower than JPEG However screenshots are compressed better with PNG the file has small size and there is no loss of quality Optimization None These are relative compression levels Note that the Level re higher the compression level the longer it takes to export Normal e Select None when testing the output High e Select Ultra
168. ePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 Questions relais sinant Essenn x or Uxa mte Essai urn aai icsetaai upuetaa l esena uation C EExeS a Cra 260 Question Pih MBIUDIE BIA sacs i ish uci scie t eroe eats eu ri tesis o n iones sse 261 Question s Sequel CC aedes tb maed bd dte lag end enu ennt pn ef 263 QUEST ONS BIrzenaiBIrsjo SERM 265 lazo TM 266 gt 4 i 7 2 410 9 emcees ie ete uou tup uS MER DEUM MED M M E NE 267 PHOMMIGM te m 267 SPOON d nee meeies terete tern inne tert S nee teers ren tee ate 267 slice C Aad 267 Gesture ENEC e step rine UE eoa AERE DRAIN E EORR DU S Rol LUN PR AQ Du AAEE 268 I ied ue P cm LUE 269 AJANG A EU ro dudo RIPE NETS LEE 2 3 Composing A MOUSE T albis ertet e t aao tete tto ttt 273 Continuation Of Cursor Path Between Slides ccccccccccsecceceeeeeeeeeseeeeseeeesseeeeseesesseeeas 273 ZOOIT Del abiisse co togas scirtenas uaa pausa E EE EAE EAE 2 4 COSCO AOU O eR T mL PLU 276 Adjusting Closed Captions In The SIid cccccccccccccseececeeeeeeeeeseeceseeeeeseeeesseeeseeeeseeeeeas 280 Converting All Closed Captions To Speech ccccccccceececeeeceseeeeeeeeeeseeeeseeeesseeeseeeesseeeeas 282 Miscellaneous TIPS urs eser a Die tori rro a ob ardeat uota rita uera barca aeta rra ad M ranis 284 fert
169. ePresenter is available in three different editions with incremental capabilities and pricing Edition Main uses Demo videos Demo videos Documentation Demo videos Documentation Interactive training with score management Free Standard Professional Feature Comparison Export To Images JPEG PNG Yes Yes Yes Export To Video WMV AVI MPEG4 WebM Yes Yes Yes MKV Export To Flash Video FLV Yes Yes Export To Microsoft Word Yes Yes Export To Microsoft Excel Yes Yes Export To PDF Document Yes Yes Export To HTML Slide Show Yes Yes Export To Microsoft PowerPoint Yes Yes Export To HTML5 Simulation Yes Export To Flash Simulation Yes Export To SCORM 1 2 SCORM 2004 Yes Import From PowerPoint Yes Note e he above table only lists the features which are different between editions e The interactive feature is not available in the video and document outputs due to the nature of these formats General Overview Of ActivePresenter 25 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 oystem Requirements Depending on the deliverable the following are required Operating system Windows XP Windows Vista Windows 7 Windows 8 Hardware CPU 1 0 GHz or faster processor with SSE2 which is available from Intel Pentium 4 1 2 GHz recent multi core or higher recommended RAM 1 GB Recommended 2 GB Hard disk 1 GB of available hard disk space Sound card Mi
170. ear all user input on the question e g make text fields empty uncheck radio button check box Objects gt Introduction To Objects 260 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 Skip Go to the next slide Back Goto the previous slide Submit Get user input evaluate and execute suitable actions User can change these default behaviors by editing On Click actions of these buttons from the Event Editor window Select the question then double click the button to launch the Event Editor In the rendered presentation the object functions as follows Only the question 2 the answer box 3 and the Submit button 7 are displayed The user is expected to click inside the box and enter some text When the user responds the presentation compares the answer with the reference answer which is previously defined by the author e lf the answer is correct the actions defined in On Correct tab are taken which typically is to display the On Correct response 4 e lf the answer is incorrect the actions defined in On Incorrect tab are taken which typically is to display the On Incorrect response 5 e lf the user tries to leave the answer incomplete the actions defined in the On Incomplete tab are executed which typically is to display the On Incomplete response 6 Apart from this primary behavior the object also has secondary behaviors To set up all behaviors of the object double click on t
171. ect to XLIFF format 2 Translate texts in the exported XLIFF file using any tool that supports XLIFF 1 2 e g Swordfish Translation Editor 3 Replace the original slide backgrounds with the new ones that are captured in the new language 4 Import the translated XLIFF file into the project that its slide backgrounds have been replaced in step 3 5 Test the localized version of your project make sure that all screenshot images are replaced all texts are properly translated and displayed The next sections will describe each step in detail Exporting To XLIFF XLIFF XML Localization Interchange File Format is an XML based format created to standardize the way localizable data are passed between tools during a localization process To export texts in your project to XLIFF format do the following steps 1 Click on menu Localize gt Export To XLIFF Export Options Include Project Information Include Slide Texts Name Description Group Title Include Closed Captions Include Shape Texts Include Accessibility Texts Include Event Values Use TMX 1 4b standard compatible tags lt bpt gt lt ept gt lt ph gt Output Output File D Presentation xlf In the Export To XLIFF dialog select types of text which you want to export for translation Select option Use TMX 1 4b standard compatible tags bpt ept ph if your translation tool doesn t support lt g gt and lt x gt tag 4 Enter the
172. ects you can specify trigger conditions e g when the mouse rolls over this shape and specify what actions should be taken for that trigger condition e g display the hint message You can also control the way that users interact with an interactive object by customizing its settings e Attempts specify the number of times a user can interact with the object before it becomes unresponsive e Pause specify whether the presentation pauses for user response e Timeout specify the time limit for user response How Interactive Objects Behave The following chart shows the trigger conditions for each interactive object A trigger condition is the user s action that causes a pre programmed response from the object Trigger conditions S O A O 9 9 O O o o lt O O y 5 D o 3 o gt zi O O Jj zo o Z4 sig agag 2 5 8 3 ZOR Sig l g lg S S ge Mouse Click Y Y Y Y Y Y Text Box Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Editing A Project Advanced Editing 76 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 Key Stroke Y Y Y Y Y Y Mouse Hover Y Y Drop Area Y Y Y Y Y Drop Target Y Y Y Y Question True False Y Y Y Y Question Multiple Y Y Y Y Choice Question Multiple Y Y Y Y Response Question Essay Y Y Y Y Question Fill in Blank Y Y Y Y Question Fill in Y Y Y Y Multiple Blank Question Sequence Y Y Y Question
173. ed audience Who can use this manual Terms used explanation of the jargon used in this manual Disclaimer Read carefully Copyrights Copyright of the ActivePresenter and the products used with ActivePresenter Version numbering How to recognize the version of ActivePresenter and this manual What is new in this version of User Manual List of latest changes General Basic Screen casting Concepts A glimpse of how ActivePresenter works under the hood Overview of ActivePresenter Feature comparison between ActivePresenter versions System Requirements Your system must have these resources Installing ActivePresenter How to install update and upgrade ActivePresenter The multi tier help system How to get help while using ActivePresenter Creating a new project Creating a Capture project Capturing screen while using an application Creating a project from MS PowerPoint Presentation Creating a project from Images Create a project by importing images as slides Creating a blank project Start with a blank canvas and add items Saving a project How to save an ActivePresenter project Opening an existing project How to open an existing ActivePresenter project About This Manual gt Structure Of The Manual 11 ActivePresenter User Manual Editing a project Editing overview Project level editing Sorting slides adding deleting slides naming slides Editing a slide Adding
174. ed for creating both interactive content software simulation and demonstration video The other options in a capture profile are audio video codecs and parameters cursor annotations and hotkeys settings ActivePresenter offers four default capture profiles as below note that some of them have names similar to capture types 1 Full Motion Recording FMR When use this capture profile ActivePresenter records the screen like a video It produces a video clip that captures all actions on the screen faithfully So the FMR is the most suitable profile when you want to capture the motion effects exactly movement of the mouse resizing of windows animated content etc This profile uses a lossless Flash Screen Video codec to record the movie so it has following advantages and disadvantages e The quality is preserved e tis suitable for recording the software demonstration because the screenshots of a software usually have many blocks of contiguous color e tis not suitable for recording movies games because they have many scene pictures so it take much time to encode to video and the recorded file size is large e The frame rate is not high especially in cases of recording movies and games 2 Record movie Streaming video This capture profile is very similar to the FMR capture profile but it uses a lossy encoder to record the video with a choice between MPEG1 and General Basic Screencasting Concepts 16 ActivePresente
175. ed from slide names and each bookmark is linked to Bookmarks corresponding slide image In other words ActivePresenter creates bookmark links to each slide However there is a little difference in Compact mode the first bookmark level is slide group title the second one is slide name Exporting The Project gt Exporting To Adobe PDF Document 115 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 Only Export Active The exported area only includes the Active Window area and slide Window Area objects which are selected to export It is usually used with the Slides per page Contiguous option Slides per page One Single slide per page Two Two slides per page top bottom Contiguous The slides are written contiguously in a page until there is not enough space then it will move to the next page Compact In this mode only the screen of first slide in each group is exported For the following slides ActivePresenter exports only the slide name and slide description Description This is the slide description None No description exported Choose on which side of the slide the description has to be placed Top Left Right or Bottom Page orientation Choose from landscape and portrait The page size is fixed A4 ActivePresenter also used fixed margins of 1 2 54 cm on all sides Image Parameter Options Remarks oize Range 10 to 150 The size is relative to canvas size selected at the beginning of th
176. ed style When a new style is added ActivePresenter provides it with a temporary name with an internally incremented number The author should always provide a meaningful name to the newly created style Library A library is a virtual storage area that contains the often used resources Library Preset resources ae User resources Hard disk Project The Library provides ready resources to all projects Note that the Library contains two different types of resources e Preset resources bundled with ActivePresenter e User resources Added to the Library by user Once a resource is placed in the Library you can delete move rename the original The author can also insert resources directly from the disk rather than placing it in the Library first But there are two major disadvantages 1 The resource is used by a particular project only To use it in another project you will have to insert the resource again from disk General gt Basic Screencasting Concepts 19 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 2 ActivePresenter does not check whether the new resource is already being used in the current project It will go on adding each copy independently Thus the project size grows tremendously if you use the same resources multiple times Therefore if you want to re use a resource in multiple projects it is always best to first add the resource to the Library and then use it in your projects from there The
177. eeeseeseeeeseeeeeseesessaeeesees 63 Aligning Objects With A Reference ODJe Ct cccccccccsececeeeeceeeeeceeeeeseeeeseeesseeeeseeeesseeesees 64 Resizing Objects To A Reference Object seesssessssesseeeneeeennnne nennen nnns 64 Setting The Z Order OF ODICCIS dx bocas Eo RE toto caw lara cee elena 65 neuen 5b PER 67 Editing ODIOCIS 67 Moving The Objects In Hrrelime eu iioi keel ode alos PEEL E tolo PEEL EE ERE E Da RIP ERNMIIUP 67 ilo M mcd 9 EOIH IH o PEPENDIT DEUS 67 FIDne Ard Heblace Texlbseesmplessitu cess deca diate tutu dichas ada ten rah p hae iuda a hi dpa Had Ev dae ac doe eae DDR 67 Removing Objects From Multiple Slides ceeecseeeeeeereeereeennm nn 68 Inserting Objects Into Multiple Slides 0 0 0 cecccecceseeeceeeeceeeeeeeeteeeeseeeseeeseeeeeeeeseeeenseesaeeeseees 69 Changing Object Style In A Batch Operation ccccccccsccecseeeeeeeeeceeeeeaeeeeseeeesseeeeseeeesseeeesees 70 Changing Object Transitions In A Batch Operation ccccccccseeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeseeseeeeseeeesseeeesees 71 poc 73 aij 9 ee 73 PRC VIC WING SIC PERPE DECR ROME RR 73 Adding A Voice over Commentary or Dubbing ccccceecceseeeeceeeeeseeeeseeeeeeeeeesaeeeseeeesaaees 73 Choosing A Quiet And Comfortable Location
178. eese 85 Making The Project Accessible 5 5 cies conned tats Pond Ete c ide Honec iocos MM t osEc at M EDT Pd dUDIS 85 Tips for Creating Accessible Projects cccccccsecccececeeeeceeeceucecueccueecsuseseeeseusessusenaeessaeens 86 Customizing Accessibility Text for SIIC S cccccccccecsecceseeeeceeceeeeeeeseeeeseaeeesaeeeseaeesseeesees 86 Customizing Accessibility Text for Objects 2 0 0 0 ccccecccceecceseeeeceeeeeeeeeeseeesaaeeeseeeesaaeeesaeeesees 87 LOGAlIZING THe Pe r9 ejm t cine welinne tine welinte amine welts O 88 LOC AIIZING imd ile cc Aisetad nhs tonsa d Ai setad nls onsn d vetan nie onan RET 88 Exporting TOE 89 Replacing Slide BaGKOrounGS RETE ET DUE eaten 90 IMPONE F Om AEI RN ISP REPERI ERE EURO EET EE 92 PIG I TosbEert AN QUADS essersessitus ut ipaa etd ta a eta ta Ev daa etd O Pda ta Ev O e Pda E Dt a tants 92 Xe DIA INO WU MN sans MEER AT T UU Uu eetiremeinia sae acatunnaeeantitag 94 Exportirid Ihe Proleel zuioisos ix toa i haeo ended sacha iex e canoe dec he er oi T ba x po On stated ei Mapc evade 97 Overview Of ExpDohtigXODUO iS cists oceani eadein a odi a sodes bain utc neidaddes stwldl usate bets inei 97 Exporing EO MAGS S sssasu dat imano dus Ueg das cannes tants as Dwnadactian t cas Cunada sank cas ante van fat uada clt na t fa Enna aUE 99 General OPHION dais ticus Das uos se tetecta AA Aaa 99 IN NS see tan rad an mcum ian caret n eic un eund ee und 101 X
179. eir shapes and styles as Congratulations your answer is correct answer is not correct 21 hth Sem your To edit event actions of a Drop Area object refer to the section for the Accepted Drag Sources tab in the Event Editor window Question True False The True False type Question is an interactive object Objects gt Introduction To Objects 253 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 By default this object consists of seven separate elements as shown below Type the question here Congratulations your answer is correct Sorry your answer is not correct sorry you must answer before continuing Submit However you have the option to add a Hint message and three buttons Clear Skip and Back which function as follows Clear Clear all user input on the question e g make text fields empty uncheck radio button check box Skip Go to the next slide Back Go to the previous slide Submit Get user input evaluate and execute suitable actions User can change these default behaviors by editing On Click actions of these buttons from the Event Editor window Select the question then double click the button to launch the Event Editor In the rendered presentation the object functions as follows Only the question 2 the True false radio button options 3 and the Submit button 7 are displayed When the user responds the presentation compar
180. en the user has not completed his answer The GUI works as follows 1 The actions are listed in a stack They are executed in the order of appearance top to bottom In this example if the user has provided an incomplete answer ActivePresenter will display the Incomplete message 54 ActivePresenter provides internal reference numbers to each message This particular message is the Incomplete message for this particular interaction 2 hese buttons are used to organize the list of actions The F button adds a new entry in the pane The button removes the selected entry The if and buttons move the selected row up and down in the stack Using ActivePresenter Windows Using The Event Editor 192 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 The On Timeout Tab Choice Settings On Correct On Incorrect On Incomplete On Timeout Actions to be performed when time limit expires 4 Action Continue Presentation This tab is used in all interactions except the Mouse hover interaction It defines the behavior when the user fails to respond within the time limit defined in the Settings tab The GUI works as follows 1 The actions are listed in a stack They are executed in the order of appearance top to bottom In this example if the user has failed to respond within the time limit ActivePresenter will continue with the presen
181. ent off to edit the overlapped element easier Note that this control is applicable only during editing not during playback It also does not affect the output when exporting The elements which are hidden by this button will still display normally in the exported materials The 5 button at the top of the column is the Master Visibility Button It toggles the visibility of all elements at once 11 The Lock button controls whether you can edit the element Click on this control to toggle its state A closed lock means that the element is locked You cannot edit this element In fact you cannot select its shape in the Canvas pane or its Time Bar in the Timeline pane The Bi button at the top of the column is the Master Lock Button It toggles the lock status of all elements at once 12 The Expand Collapse button only available for element which contains the sub elements controls whether to display the sub elements of this element Using ActivePresenter Windows Using The Timeline 221 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 The Toolbar In Timeline The toolbar provides most of the functions in the Timeline Button Shortcut Function P Toggles between Current slide and All slides view The All slides display mode shows all slides on the Timeline This mode is useful to see the objects that span across multiple slides i If this is selected the dragged object snaps to the features of other objects and also to ce
182. enter Windows gt Using The Timeline 236 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 Volume 95 100 C Mute Note that this is a relative volume scale with a default value of 100 original volume It can adjust the volume from 0 mute to 500 original volume x 5 You can use the Mute check box to quickly silence the track e The original track is not affected at all You can revert to the original volume at any time e lf this control is used to mute a track it does not affect the original duration of the track because unlike the Freeze frame control this control does not insert an additional period of silence In short the trick is to first set a range and then select each of the audio video objects and adjust their volumes individually Only the dominant track will retain its full volume or it may even be boosted while you will lower the volume for the non dominant tracks or even mute them altogether These adjustments would be applied within the range only Set another range in another part of the time axis and repeat this This time a different track may be dominant ActivePresenter displays the audio waveform proportional to its actual volume So if you have applied volume control within a range or muted the track within a range it will be displayed as shown below Here a silence is inserted in the 1 2 stretch note the straight line in place of the audio waveform In the 3 4 stretch the vo
183. enter automatically generates this value from project name However you can enter a difference text Exporting The Project Exporting To Images 101 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 Exporting To Video Video format is suitable when the audience or an individual student does not have to interact with the presentation in a self paced manner The advantage of video over the image or documents formats is that the video contains all animations closed captions and voice The disadvantage of video is that it can be made in one language at a time thanks to the Closed Caption and audio objects it contains You can export in multiple video formats The selection of a format over the others is primarily driven by which codecs are allowed to be used in your country thanks to the country specific patent laws Other than that there may be quality vs file size preferences or what player software is available on the target hardware General Options Advanced Rendering Options Zoom n Pan Export Closed Captions as Soft Subtitles SRT Include Cursor Path Export Closed Captions as Hard Subtitles Export Audio Video Video Size 009 Frame Rate Key Frame Quality Audio Channels Stereo Sample Rate 44100 Hz Output Format AVI hy Output File D Presentation Video Presentation avi The options are divided into four sections Rendering Options Exporting The Project gt Exporting To Video 102 ActivePresenter User
184. er tool Image editor in ActivePresenter supports transparency so when you erase an area it will turn transparent Flood fill tool When you click anywhere in the image it finds contiguous area with the same color and then fills it with the current pen color Text This tool has its own word editor window You can create rich text with its own attribute color italics bold underline font size font type superscript subscript etc Autoshape This is a drop down list of shapes Blur Blur Obfuscate selected area Blur radius Using ActivePresenter Windows Using The Image Editor 199 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 Button Effect The larger the radius the more obfuscated the image ui Pen color This selects a pen color for pending or next drawing command 255 S Pen opacity O fully transparent 255 fully opaque F Pick pen color After selecting this tool click on any area and the pen tool will assume that color hue and saturation and opacity f Fill color oets the color filled inside a shape 255 g Fill opacity O fully transparent 255 fully opaque Pick fill color After selecting this tool click on any area and the fill color tool will assume that color hue and saturation and opacity Line width Sets the line width for the outline of a shape or for the pencil tool m Line style Sets the type of
185. erlight plugin for audio video playback on older browsers which do not support HTML5 Output Location Location Location where the exported files will be placed Exporting The Project Exporting To HTML5 Simulation 140 ActivePresenter User Manual Advanced Options General Advanced Annotation Contents Convert to Image SCORM Options Generate SCORM Package Package Version 1 0 Identifier Organization Title Untitled Item Title Untitled Report score in percentage Report Options Method HTTP w Format XML Document Email HTTP address to recerve Pass Condition Condition Percents of correct answers Annotation Contents Choose between the following options hil not less than 8D Version 4 0 is browser independent your annotation contents Convert to ActivePresenter will convert the annotations to images so it will be displayed image just as you see it in the ActivePresenter s Editor window The converted output However its downside is the output size will be a little bigger and the annotations lose some of HTML features like clickable hyperlinks So we recommend that you should not choose this feature if you have hyperlinks in little differently As HTML ActivePresenter will preserve the annotation contents as HTML so some of HTML features like clickable hyperlinks are preserved But please note that different web browsers may render the HTML content a
186. es Slide Menu Menu option Shortcut Button Remarks Blank Slide Lad Insert a blank slide Slides By Capture Inserting new slides by fresh capturing olides From Images Inserting images as slides create new slides and insert images from disk as their background Slides From Project Insert slides from another project Slides From PowerPoint Ei Insert slides from a powerpoint presentation Insert Objects to Slides Select an object of any type and insert it in multiple slides Delete Objects from Slides Delete objects of selected type from multiple slides Slide Background gt Change Slide Background Set a slide s background image Slide Background gt Edit Slide Background Edit a slide s background image Slide Background View Active Window Area Menus And Shortcuts Slide Menu Show hide the Active Window area 299 ActivePresenter User Manual Slide Background Edit Active Window Area Save Slide As Image Version 4 0 Enable disable editing the Active Window area Export the current slide as an image Annotation Menu Menu option Shortcut Button Remarks Shape Insert a Shape Text Caption j Insert a Text Caption Highlight _ Insert a Highlight Spotlight Ed Insert a Spotlight Feedback 2 Insert a Feedback object Gest
187. es 202 Scc Elo TY 202 18 Mi uu eo E UM 204 IS HAG T ne roperues VVIDGBOW is eats carb ydct ote oe uaa tee eene earteedos cte ee mer octo Ue Dn tectum curtes eda onde 205 Balken eee 206 The Linie SeGllOTssuiecoeei s asteucdsbdo ea es unen teda tu un deu taedas tue en degdasud aep tuam degdd std SEAE 209 HB ais Ml dito lo CIO c 211 Tne SNddowWw S ECiON Mente ee nO REND Pelanr tare mr ree etn ever emer er MeN ev UTER 211 Table of Contents T ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 Boer E m 212 IS IING The Resources ale aisit geb bea in eetists at aie Feb b aia abaia reich ale s 214 Hiu 3ur er H o EN 215 The AUdo e Video MM Ezio EP SONORES 216 The Style Teas T EQE 218 Jeme AMENE enema mene Tn ne 219 THe WOOD a MB mU UU TT 222 H M4 ciaeee t eme 225 Position Of A Drag n Dropped RESOUICE ccccceeccseeeceeeeeeeeseeeeseeeeeeeeseeeeseeseueeneeesaeeess 225 Changing The Timing Duration Of An Object seessseesseeeeeeeernnnnnn nnn 225 Using The Markers On Time Bar cccccssccccesceceeeeeseeeeceeeeeceeeessueeeseueeseasessaeeeseusessaeeesens 226 wjariejej ale ME g I NP TTD CR CREER 229 Using The Range Edit Command Seis crs waters ce e ato er coro edet edt Pa etes 230 The Gut Command TE TU TIT TUTTI 231 The Delete Command esros ountote RESTE QUERIT CRURA CURE GULOR UH REUS CR ERR AN 2
188. es here and there This is natural Just go back to the previous step to add those slides and then return to this step Let us see the details Inserting Objects ActivePresenter allows you to annotate the slide by adding a large variety of objects Appendix Objects provides the details of each type of object and how to use it Arranging The Objects After inserting the objects in a slide you will have to arrange them in some logical manner For example you may want to create a flowchart out of shapes and arrows Or add annotations to a captured video see examples below This is achieved by moving the objects around in the canvas and placing them exactly where you want For example in the examples above want all shapes in my flowchart to be centered on a vertical line want to place a red circle around a minaret of the Taj and a call out to point at the Editing A Project Editing A Slide 61 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 Flowchart Annotations dome of the Taj You may also have to place some objects overlapping over others typically all annotations overlap on a video or image Although this free placement generally works you will often need to arrange the objects accurately For example to create a flow chart You may also need to select multiple shapes and make their sizes uniform ActivePresenter offers you the following tools 1 Align snap objects with each other 2 Aligning all selected obje
189. es the answer with the reference answer which is previously defined by the author e lf the answer is correct the actions defined in On correct tab are taken which typically is Objects Introduction To Objects 254 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 to display the On correct response 4 e lf the answer is incorrect the actions defined in On incorrect tab are taken which typically is to display the On incorrect response 5 e lf the user tries to leave the answer incomplete the actions defined in the On incomplete tab are executed which typically is to display the On incomplete response 6 Apart from this primary behavior the object also has secondary behaviors To set up all behaviors of the main object double click on the frame 1 This launches Event Editor with the object s current settings in the following tabs Settings On Correct On Incorrect On Incomplete and On Timeout You have to set up the behavior of each button separately Double click on the button to launch Event Editor with the button s current settings in the following tabs On Click On Rollover and On Rollout Question Multiple Choice The Multiple choice type Question is an interactive object The default Multiple choice object consists of seven separate elements as shown below Type the question here Congratulations 9 Type the answer here your answer is Type the answer here correct Type the answer here Sorry your T
190. eseecceeseeseeseeeseeeesseneeesseseeesaneeenas 159 ActivePresenter As Screenshot SOWA E arenis ii N E EEE E EAE EAA 159 ActivePresenter As Audio EGItOM ccccccccseccceeeccececeueecseecsusecsueceueessuseseeeceueecsueeseeessueenseesags 159 ActivePresenter As TTS Generator rernm crei e e nennen nennen nnns nnns 160 ActivePresenter As Video Editor e ecseessesssessesseeeeeee nennen nennen nnnm nnn nenne nnn nns 160 ActivePresenter As Format Converter c ccccccecceceeceseeeeeceececeeeeesaeeeseeeessaeeeseueesseeeeseeesaaees 161 PATS TCG CS saat soiree acre M TRE 162 USING ActivePresenter Windows seseisidedatecadetiediitedadecedatsedietetadecedetscdiatetadeiettiadiniatadacetiaduteiadeancd 163 Using The Capture Profile EGIEOF i etna ton rasura duc braun ex veu R E ea 163 Tine Gee ai Tabsesncutsie dE MM EIE IMEEM MM 164 CADE ETONE Reese reer T T EN 164 Table of Contents 6 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 CATING TY OC C 165 PAULO ale Tr ANI irate etna enchant inbatistio ected inicio ethan da toto neta tain e oA obi nonet o ds 165 Bis imnieoNo m rec 166 FMR De WNC NR RE Em REL MERE EE 167 AUdIO SCUINGS TEE UU TR 168 10E G70 55 6 al Ds yeetepnre eae aerate mr aptus MER D MEUM M DEM te Ee ELE 169 eu irem menie m DUET 170 TheAnnotalon AD ates ste aetna it bo a eiae to enata et otudateteatus 170 INCAHOUIK CWS FAD x er 172 Usno IME Even EHO un casero
191. ess that receives the report If the method address to is HTTP this is the address of a server side script that will process the report receive data the data is either in XML or JSON format For more details see Appendix Reporting Options Pass Condition This condition is used to determine the overall pass fail result of the student when he takes a test Exporting The Project Exporting To HTML5 Simulation 142 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 Condition Choose between e Percents of correct answers e Points gained e Number of correct answers Due to SCORM specifications please take following note when a SCORM option is selected e n SCORM 1 2 the raw score submitted to LMS is a normalized value in range 0 100 e n SCORM 2004 the raw score submitted to LMS is a normalized value in range 0 100 if the first condition Percents of correct answers is chosen Otherwise it is an absolute value Minimum Set a numerical value no range Free setting wae e Note that if you select percentage then this value cannot exceed 100 Exporting The Project gt Exporting To HTML5 Simulation 143 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 Misc Options General Advanced Misc Presentation End Behavior Ask to restart or close presentation in Demonstration and Tutorial mode Show report in Practice and Test mode Accessibility Enable accessibility text Enable keyboard navigation Enable visual f
192. ete and On Timeout You have to set up the behavior of each button separately Double click on the button to launch Event Editor with the button s current settings in the following tabs On Click On Hollover and On Rollout Question Essay The Essay type Question is an interactive object This object should only be used for taking a survey from users not for assessment We cannot expect that a descriptive answer will match the stored model answer exactly Currently ActivePresenter doesn t support survey question explicitly but you can create a survey question by leaving blank the Value On Correct and On Incorrect tabs By default it consists of seven separate elements as shown below Objects gt Introduction To Objects 258 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 Type the question here Congratulations H your answer is correct Sorry your answer is not correct Sorry you must answer before continuing However you have the option to add a Hint message and three buttons Clear Skip and Back which function as follows Clear Clear all user input on the question e g make text fields empty uncheck radio button check box Skip Go to the next slide Back Go to the previous slide Submit Get user input evaluate and execute suitable actions User can change these default behaviors by editing On Click actions of these buttons from the Event Editor window Select the quest
193. executed from group to group in this order specific group All All but Last 5Last Others For example if maximum attempt is 3 and user gives incorrect answer in the third attempt the actions of the Third attempt will be executed first then the actions of All attempt then the actions of the Last attempt In this example e Ifthe user gives incorrect answer in his last attempt recall that the number of attempts is defined in the Settings tab then ActivePresenter will display Incorrect message All attempt action then continue the presentation Last attempt action e Inall the attempts including the last attempt if the user has provided an incorrect answer ActivePresenter will display the Incorrect message 2 hese buttons are used to organize the list of actions Using ActivePresenter Windows Using The Event Editor 191 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 The F button adds a new entry in the pane The button removes the selected entry The if and buttons move the selected row up and down in the stack The On Incomplete Tab This tab is used in the Text Box True False Multiple Choice Multiple Response Essay Fill in Blank and Fill in Multiple Blank interactions Choice Settings On Correct On Incorrect On Incomplete On Timeout Actions to be performed when the answer is incomplete Action Show Object Blocking Incomplete Message 57 Cancel It defines the behavior wh
194. ext to Size spin boxes The Preset sizes button offers some most popular video sizes You can also add your preferred sizes to the list of preset sizes The Lock to application check box allows you to select a running application window listed in the underneath box to snap into the capture area The Change Lock Mode button next to the list of applications box provides two options to define the snap behavior The Fit To Application option will resize the capture area to fit into the window of application when the application is selected The Fit To Boundary option will resize the window of application to fit into the capture area when the application is selected 2 The Full Screen option provides a quick way to select the entire screen to capture This mode allows you to temporarily change the resolution of the screen before doing the capture and automatically revert to the previous setting when you finish the capturing Capture Area EH 3 zm _ Screen resolution Lg 7 1920 x 1080 32 bp p 60 Hz FullScreen Custom The Audio Input Section ActivePresenter allows you to record the system audio and one other audio input device simultaneously Recording the system audio and Microphone at the same time is the most common in practice Audio Input Device Microphone High Defini w Volume Record System Audio Creating A New Project Creating A Capture Project 35 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 The Device bo
195. f them After inserting a shape you can do the following Click the text area of the shape and enter text If the shape has no text you can right click the shape then select the Edit item from the popup menu You can also select the shape then press F2 to start editing the text Drag the shape to a new position Drag the handles to resize the shape If you make the shape too small some text may be clipped or hidden Therefore be careful while resizing the frame Drag the yellow diamond to change the dimensions appearance of the shape Use the context menu and change the shape type Use the context menu to change the style of the shape Double click on the frame of the shape to launch the Properties window and change its properties Click on the Properties button to launch the Properties window Now you can edit all the properties of the object in one place Objects Introduction To Objects 266 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 e Use the Properties pane in the Editor window to edit most of the properties Text Caption A Text Caption object is a rectangular shape that can contain multi line formatted text Type your text here In fact the Text Caption is a variant of the Shape object where only the text is given prominence and the Fill and Line attributes of the shape are muted Therefore the discussion for shapes applies here too Highlight A Highlight object is used to draw the attention of the v
196. f slide End Moves the Playhead to the end of slide LeftArrow e When no objects are selected Moves the Playhead to the left e When objects are selected Moves the selected objects to the left CTRL LeftArrow Same as above but 10 times faster the CTRL key is x10 accelerator RightArrow e When no objects are selected Moves the Playhead to the right e When objects are selected Moves the selected objects to the right CTRL RightArrow Same as above but 10 times faster the CTRL key is x10 Using ActivePresenter Windows gt Using The Timeline 238 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 accelerator Moves the Playhead to the starting marker of the selection range Moves the Playhead to the end marker of the selection range SHIFT Sets the start marker of the selection range at the Playhead position SHIFT Sets the end marker of the selection range at the Playhead position SHIFT LeftArrow e When no objects are selected Moves the start point of the range to the left e When objects are selected Reduces the selected objects duration CTRL SHIFT LeftArrow Same as above but 10 times faster the CTRL key is x10 accelerator SHIFT RightArrow e When no objects are selected Moves the end point of the range to the right e When objects are selected Increases the selected objects duration CTRL SHIFT RightArrow Same as above but 10 times faster the CTRL key is x10 accelerator
197. ff screen identify him her by name e When more than one persons are on screen identify the soeaker by name e As arule show only one line of Closed Caption at a time An exception is when multiple people speak simultaneously In this case it is OK to show their sentences together but always maintain the correct sequence a sentence that starts first should be listed at the top of the Closed Caption stack Another exception is when one person is interrupted by another Here end the first interrupted sentence with a dash and place the second interrupting sentence in the second line Image You can insert an image in the ActivePresenter presentation by clicking on the button or using the Annotation Image menu option Depending upon the context of the presentation images are screenshots of applications drawings electrical civil mechanical etc or photos of persons products places buildings etc After placing the image you can place other annotations and explain the image or parts of it Screenshot ActivePresenter has a built in facility to capture screenshots A typical application has a top level window which in turn may have child windows that pop up to accomplish different tasks The windows form a hierarchical tree A window at any level top child has objects menus panes toolbars controls etc ActivePresenter allows you to take a screenshot of any of these windows objects which is then in
198. focus Exporting The Project Exporting To HTML5 Simulation 145 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 Exporting To Flash Simulation The options here are very similar to those of HTML5 simulation This has three options General Advanced and Misc miscellaneous The options are explained below General Options General Advanced Misc Template Black Operation Modes Demonstration Tutorial Practice Test Total Max Time minutes 1 Interaction Flashing ms 0 Generate Index Page Edit Output Language Flash Options Size 100 56 Image Color Depth True Colors 24 bit Frame Rate 25 Compression Level 5 Output D Presentation Flash Template Options Flash simulation is interactive presentation which is delivered through a browser A control toolbar is provided at the bottom the screen which allows the user to play pause stop the presentation hide closed captions change volume or jump to a particular slide In this context a template is a design pattern that is applied to this toolbar to change its appearance If you do not want to provide any control to the user you can opt for No Toolbar option ActivePresenter offers four default options which can be customized further Black Exporting The Project Exporting To Flash Simulation 146 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 Ocean Silver Standard First select any one of the main options and then click on the Se
199. fter translating text and replacing slide backgrounds you need to import the XLIFF file back to the project that its slide backgrounds are replaced ActivePresenter will replace current texts in your project with the corresponding texts in the translated XLIFF file 1 Open the project that has been replaced slide backgrounds 2 Select Localize Import From XLIFF menu and browser the translated XLIFF file for the project 3 Verify imported text on each slide adjust object position and size if necessary Hight TL o Left Language ActivePresenter 4 0 introduces a new property of project Project Language which allows you to create the content for right to left language whether it is supported in the user interface of ActivePresenter or not The right to left language is fully supported in the most important features such as editing Export To HTML5 Simulation Export To Video It is also supported partially in Export To Microsoft Word PowerPoint Excel Editing A Project Advanced Editing 92 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 The following screenshot shows how the right to left language is supported in the editor Project Edit View Slide Annotation Interaction Export Localize Window Help 2A mv M Qr Tractional Ave v SE Bie SME POs Timeline Jj 9 NM EPPIPFPE 0 04 0 05 0 06 This screenshot shows how it looks like in the HTML5 Simulation output Editing A Project Advanced Editing 93 A
200. ge 1 to 10096 These are relative compression levels Note that the higher the compression level the longer it takes to export e Select None when testing the output e Select Ultra or High when exporting the final result This option is only available if the PNG image format is selected The higher the quality the larger the output file size This option is only available if the JPEG image format is selected Output location Template Location of the template file which the file has to use Output File Specify the file path and name of exported worksheet Exporting The Project Exporting To Microsoft Excel Worksheet 128 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 Advanced Options General Advanced SCORM Options Generate SCORM Package Package Version 1 0 Organization Title Item Title Mo Identifier SCORM PACKAGE Presentation Presentation Cancel These are SCORM related options Parameter Options Remarks Generate No lf your LMS supports both 1 2 and 2004 versions of SCORM SCORM SCORM1 2 please choose 2004 version the latest version Package l SCORM 2004 Package Specify a version that can be used to differentiate manifests Verson with the same identifier For example if you are uploading the same project after modifying it provide a different version number Identifier Specify a name used by the LMS to identify differen
201. gs Preferred size width height Sets the default width and height Timing Duration Sets the default timing for the element as shown on the Timeline Transition effects Allows you to select effect for entry and exit of the object in the slide when rendered Show in mode State whether you want to show this element in the Demonstration Tutorial Practice and Test modes Default Action In edit mode when you insert any interaction object ActivePresenter automatically adds one action to be performed by default see the Event Editor You can use this control to choose the action that will be inserted as default scoring Max attempts points After the viewer has exceeded the maximum allowed attempts the interaction is abandoned and the control takes the actions defined for the On Incorrect event Attached You can select which messages to attach with the selected element iui d e Correct When the viewer s answer is correct e Incorrect When the viewer s answer is incorrect e Incomplete When the viewer s answer is incomplete e Hint A helpful hint the viewer can hover the mouse on the element to see it e Timeout When the viewer does not respond within predefined time Click sound A default sound is shown But you can use another sound to create a clicking sound e The button lets you select a sound from the library e he button lets you delete t
202. h makes the presentation look stunning But it also increases the file size When the images are inserted in other files that file also will become large Frame rate Compression level Choose from None 1 8 select a number Maximum Set between 1 and 30 fps frames per second Select the compression level you want Output Location Location Location where the exported files will be placed Exporting The Project Exporting To Flash Simulation 149 ActivePresenter User Manual Advanced Options General Advanced Misc SCORM Options Generate SCORM Package Package Version Identifier Organization Title Presentation ltern Title Presentation Report score in percentage Report Options Method No Re port yl Format Email HTTP address to receive Pass Condition Condition Percents of correct answers w notlessthan 80 These are SCORM related options Version 4 0 SCORM Options Parameter Options Remarks Generate SCORM No If your LMS supports both 1 2 and 2004 versions of Package SCORM1 2 SCORM please choose 2004 version the latest version SCORM 2004 Package Version different version number opecify a version that can be used to differentiate manifests with the same identifier For example if you are uploading the same project after modifying it provide a Identifier Specify a name used by the LMS to identify differen
203. he Target area This launches Event Editor with the object s current settings in the following tabs Value Settings On Correct On Incorrect On Incomplete and On Timeout You have to set up the behavior of each button separately Double click on the button to launch Event Editor with the button s current settings in the following tabs On Click On Rollover and On Rollout Question Fill In Multiple Blank The Fill in multiple blank type Question is an interactive object By default it consists of seven separate elements as shown below Objects gt Introduction To Objects 261 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 Type the question here 4 Type the answer here Congratulations Type the answer here your answer is correct Type the answer here Type the answer here Sorry your answer is not Qo C ee correct Sorry you must answer before continuing Submit However you have the option to add remove answers add a Hint message and three buttons Clear Skip and Back which function as follows Clear Clear all user input on the question e g make text fields empty uncheck radio button check box Skip Go to the next slide Back Go to the previous slide Submit Get user input evaluate and execute suitable actions User can change these default behaviors by editing On Click actions of these buttons from the Event Editor window Select the question then double click the b
204. he Use OLE Automation for Microsoft Office option is checked ActivePresenter can get more precise size and location of captured interactions when capturing MS Office But sometimes it causes MS Office working improperly e g MS Excel 3D references If this happens just disable this option For capturing other applications ActivePresenter just ignores this option The Hotkeys Tab General FMR Audio Cursor Annotation Hotkeys Use Hotkeys Pause Resume Pause Stop Ctrl End Cancel Ctrl Alt C Manual Capture Print Screen Capture In Advance F8 Start Full Motion Recording F9 Stop Full Motion Recording Restore Defaults Cancel The Hotkeys tab lets you set the keyboard shortcuts for various functions The Restore defaults button at the bottom restores the values to their default values This is useful if you have experimented with the controls far too much and want to start over ActivePresenter allows you to define hot keys for seven functions as shown above The Capture In Advance function is similar to Manual Capture except the captured screenshot will be used as background for next step This function may be useful in some circumstance for example when you want to capture a button in normal state not in hover state sometimes the target application also needs the same hot keys In such cases you can disable the Use hot keys check box or define different ones for ActivePresenter To change any hot key just click
205. he answer Interaction flashing This is the speed milliseconds for flashing blinking the interaction object for attracting viewer attention Generate Index Select this option to generate the HTML index page which contains the Page entries to open all selected modes Edit Output ActivePresenter provides ready translated texts for output name of Language elements of tooloar and messages for all Supported languages If you want to modify the translation or add the support for your language click Edit Output Language bution to open Output Language Editor The Output Language option in ActivePresenter 3 x or older is now obsoleted That means you can not specify the language for the output but the Project Language will be used for output Flash Options Parameter Options Remarks Size Range 10 to 150 The size is relative to canvas size selected at the beginning of the project you can check this out at any time by using the Project gt Project Information menu option in steps of 10 Note that ActivePresenter only works with logical size I e pixels However when displayed printed the physical size depends on pixels and the dpi dots per inch setting of the displaying printing Exporting The Project gt Exporting To Flash Simulation 148 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 device Image Color Depth True Colors 24 bit 256 Colors 8 bit Grayscale 8 bit Higher color dept
206. he audio resource The and al buttons add the audio resource from Library or disk respectively The button removes the loaded resource The playback controls play this audio 2 he Recording section offers a third alternative source for the audio Here you can record your own audio track Select the Input device using the drop down lists The list changes based on your hardware Using ActivePresenter Windows Using The Properties Window 212 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 Now press the Record button to capture the sound Adjust the Volume control button and adjust the recording volume When done press the Stop button Ll e Optionally you can calibrate the sound level before starting the recording to make sure that the sound level is strong enough but there is no distortion To calibrate the sound level click the Calibrate Input button The actual calibration is described here Now proceed with the recording as explained earlier 3 This section provides the fourth alternative source of sound A text to speech sound of the text that is entered in the box By default ActivePresenter copies the text that is entered in the shape into this box However you can edit the text or enter your own text e To adjust the TTS settings click on the Settings button The following window pops up Settings Voice Microsoft David Desktop English United States 0 Speed 0 Volume Preview This is a
207. he canvas a part of the inserted image may lie outside the canvas When rendered such images would get truncated General Basic Screencasting Concepts 21 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 Canvas Canvas This version lies This version stays outside the canvas inside the canvas In some shapes a solution is possible You can use another variant of the shape that stays inside the canvas as shown above In fact ActivePresenter can select a suitable shape variant on its own if you define a group of all the variants of a shape In the following example there are four similar looking images with the only difference that the arrow points in a different direction aim Version 1 Version 2 Version 3 Version 4 Based on the anchor point location ActivePresenter will automatically decide which variant should be inserted while capturing The selection criteria is simple When the shape is placed on the screen no part of it should project outside the slide canvas To create a group of related shapes follow this process e Add the variant shapes to the ActivePresenter Library Take care to include variants that have anchor points in all possible directions so that at least one variant will match a given click spot For example the group above is not sufficient if the click spot is in a corner of the slide we need four more shapes with arrows pointing to corners e Inthe Image Resource Property Editor enter a common
208. he current selection Customizing ActivePresenter Customizing The Preferences 311 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 e The P button lets you play the currently selected sound Question Button Allows you to insert up to four different buttons with the following labels on them e Clear Clear the input which viewer has entered e Back Go back one slide e Skip Skip this question and move on e Submit Submit answers Restore defaults Restores the Factory set values Useful to roll back your changes The Annotation Tab As described earlier you can set properties of all the components in the nteraction tab and the Annotation tab The Annotation tab deals with only the non interactive parts of the objects The following options are offered depending on which element is selected some of these options may not be shown Unlike the interaction type elements the annotation elements do not have common properties In fact they can be divided in three distinct groups based on their properties Group Elements 1 Shape Highlight Text Caption Question Title Answer Label Correct Incorrect Hint Complete Incomplete Timeout 2 Image Audio Video Zoom n Pan Closed Caption 3 Cursor Path Within each group the elements have small differences in their properties We will describe all groups separately Customizing ActivePresenter gt Customizing The Preferences 31
209. he cursor path Generate in compact Create only one slide per Slide Group Exporting The Project Exporting To HTML SlideShow 111 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 Include Objects Includes the objects that are started by event started by event Only Export Active The exported area only includes the Active Window area and slide Window Area objects which are selected to export Image oize Range 10 to 150 The size is relative to canvas size selected at the B beginning of the project you can check this out at any EPRORE time by using the Project gt Project Information menu option Note that ActivePresenter only works with logical size i e pixels However when displayed printed the physical size depends on pixels and the dpi dots per inch setting of the displaying printing device Grayscale 8 bit become large Format Due to their specs and compression algorithms JPEG is best suited for pictures while PNG is best suited for computer generated images screenshots drawings Note that JPEG compression is lossy while PNG is lossless so PNG retains crystal clear quality but the downside of PNG is that it does not compress well with pictures very big file size and the decoding when viewing is slower than JPEG However screenshots Color Depth True Colors 24 bit Higher color depth makes the presentation look 256 Colors 8 bit stunning But it also Increases the file size When the images are inser
210. he project interactive This involves inserting questions and also adding actions that deal with correct and incorrect responses from the viewer e Making the project accessible This means making the project available to as many people as possible More specifically we edit the project so that viewers with disabilities can perceive understand navigate and interact with the project output e Localizing the project Here we adapt the project to a particular language culture and desired local look and feel The following sections provide more details of these steps Hemember that if you commit any mistake you can reverse any number of steps by pressing CTRL Z for the required number of times And in case you have pressed CTRL Z too many times you can cancel them by pressing CTRL Y called re do operation Editing A Project gt Overview Of The Editing Process 49 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 Project Level Editing As mentioned before this is the start of the edit cycle in which we take a bird s eye view at the project and make coarse adjustments Naming The Slides Before you can do anything you must name the slides based on their function This helps in the next step of sorting the slides and later inserting navigational controls for example to enable jumping to a particular slide etc To name a slide follow these steps Editing A Project gt Project Level Editing 50 ActivePresenter User Manual
211. he time scale without changing its duration click anywhere in the middle of its Time Bar and drag horizontally Lee The entire Time Bar moves along the time axis Drop it wherever required e You can also shift multiple elements simultaneously in such a way that their relative timing remains undisturbed To do this first select multiple elements and then drag the entire group horizontally To make a group of objects press CTRL and then go on clicking on the objects names 6 or Time Bars 7 To select contiguous objects first click on the first object and then SHIFT Click on the last object to be selected All the objects between these two objects will be selected To deselect any object from the group press CTRL and click on that object e While you drag a border ActivePresenter provides precise timing information in milliseconds o For the start edge it shows the start time o gt For the end edge it shows the end time on the Ruler and the duration of the time bar next to the bar as shown below You can use either value to drag the edge Using The Markers On Time Bar The Time Bars of all objects contain some markers and annotation which are useful for specific purposes Transition effects You can use the Properties pane to add transition effects to an object s entrance exit These effects are visually shown with diamonds in Time Bars of the object e he green diamond shows the Entrance transiti
212. ick on the Delete Manually button This pops up another window 7 Image 45 amp Image 48 jf Audio amp Video Styles You can also click on the Select unused resources SF button 1 ActivePresenter will select all such resources 2 for you Check them out visually and decide whether you would like to save export them e Pressing the a button in the Image tab exports all selected images at once e Pressing the button in the Audio and video tab exports all selected audio video resources at once e Remember that if you don t export any unused resource it will be lost when you shrink the project Creating A New Project Saving A Project 44 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 Opening An Existing Project You can open an existing project in various ways Press CTRL O or use the Project Open menu or click on the amp button in the toolbar You can also click on the Open option on the flash screen that appears when ActivePresenter is launched All these options allow you to browse your folder system to select a project file Opening Multiple Projects Simultaneously You can open multiple projects in ActivePresenter By default ActivePresenter shows only the last opened project However you can use the options in the Window menu to view the projects in cascade mode horizontally tiled mode or vertically tiled mode Project 1 Project 1 Project 1 Tile Horizontally Tile vertically The tiled
213. icking on it There is no need to first uninstall the older version Or you can simply use the Check for Updates function in the Help Menu ActivePresenter will check if there are new updates and do the updating automatically Upgrading To upgrade your license please contact the support group Uninstalling The standard way to uninstall the ActivePresenter from your computer is to use the Control pane of your Windows go to the Programs and Features option and select ActivePresenter from the application list and follow the instructions to uninstall Alternatively open the folder in which you ve installed ActivePresenter double click on the uninsOOO exe file and follow the instructions to complete the uninstallation The Multi tier Help System ActivePresenter has a multi tier help system as described below Tooltips ActivePresenter has a tooltip system that explains the purpose of all toolbar buttons Hover your mouse pointer on any button and a short description pops up User Manual If you press F1 at any time this user Manual pdf file pops up to provide the ultimate reference on all topics Demo The best way to learn any product is to watch as someone is actually using it The website provides some excellent demo videos Watch and learn Tutorials The website has a compilation of tutorials FAQ The website has a FAQ Frequently Asked Questions section where most frequently asked question are answered
214. identify different manifests This value is generated automatically by ActivePresenter but you can change it if needed Organization Title opecify a title for the organization which this item belongs to ActivePresenter automatically generates this value from project name However you can enter a difference text Exporting The Project Exporting To Adobe PDF Document 118 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 Item Title opecify a title for the item ActivePresenter automatically generates this value from project name However you can enter a difference text PDF file related options Parameter Remarks Title Title of the PDF document e When you open the pdf in a viewer this name appears in the Windows Bar or in the tab in case of a tabbed pdf reader Subject Subject of the document This is one of PDF document properties which can be seen in Document Properties in any PDF Viewer Keywords Keywords defined in the PDF document Protection Opening You can set a password for opening this PDF document Password Confirm Enter the password again manually no copy paste from the previous field EdoSword e This is to avoid the possibility that you entered a wrong password Text Style Options These options control the text in the generated pdf file Exporting The Project gt Exporting To Adobe PDF Document 119 ActivePresenter Use
215. ides Corporate logo in a corner Borders in corporate colors Make a note of these settings and use them in the next steps Prepare An Outline And Storyboard Prepare the outline for your presentation First think of only the top level topics and make a bullet list like this e Point 1 e Point 2 e Point 3 Next break down each topic into sub topics Repeat till you have visualized the project in sufficient details This will create a hierarchical outline for your presentation like this e Point 1 o Point 1 1 Point 1 1 1 e Point 1 1 1 1 e Point 1 1 1 2 e Point 1 1 1 3 Point 1 1 2 o Point 1 2 e Point 2 o Point 2 1 Point 2 1 1 Point 2 1 2 o Point 2 2 e Point 3 Tip Initially when you are marshaling your thoughts on the subject you will change your mind very rapidly This means you need to amend your outline rapidly without creating a mess For best results use Microsoft PowerPoint or LibreOffice Impress in outline mode This allows you to move the topics up down insert new topics in the list delete them edit the text etc This top down method will save you from a writer s block and also help you stay focused on the main subject and prevent you from straying into unrelated topics Next think what material you need for each of the lowest level topics images icons screenshots or a live screen capture with annotation etc Make a note of this against each topic Creating A New Project P
216. ides to shuffle their order The duration of each slide is marked in the top corner of the thumbnail 1 in mm ss or hh mm ss format The current slide is highlighted in green here slide 2 When you insert specific annotation interaction objects this pane shows overlays at the bottom of the slide 2 e Inthe Titles tab you can provide the titles names for each slide This lets you visualize the outline of the entire presentation 6 The Timeline pane shows the slide against time axis Its main function is to show all the objects against time and let you adjust the entry and exit points of all the objects In fact the Canvas pane always shows the slide at a particular moment that you select on the Timeline Timeline also lets you play the current slide to check the effect of your adjustments You can play the slide for only a selected portion of the Timeline to focus on what happens during that slice of time You can also play the slide in loop mode endless play You can play the slide and record your voice in real time The Using The Timeline appendix explains the functioning of Timeline in detail 7 The Properties pane lets you edit all the physical and behavioral properties of the object that is selected in either the Canvas Pane or the Timeline Pane When you select any property its explanation appears at the bottom of the pane 8 The Status Line shows the current state of the project and the zoom level curre
217. iewers to a certain part of the screen Think of a Highlight as a variant of Shape object where the text and border line are removed and the background is made semi transparent 5096 transparency Therefore the discussion for shapes applies here too opotlight A Spotlight object retains the original brightness within the shape and darkens the rest of the screen Thus it is able to instantly draw your attention irresistibly to even a tiny part on the screen A Spotlight is a more aggressive version of Highlight where the rest of the screen is not darkened Like the other objects a spotlight too is a Shape object with special attributes Therefore all the discussion of the shapes applies here too The only exception is that the Properties pane actually shows the property of the area that lies OUTSIDE the shape not inside it Feedback The Feedback object shows the user s mouse and keyboard activity when the rendered Objects Introduction To Objects 267 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 presentation is playing When the interactive presentation is run any keyboard or mouse inputs provided by the user are displayed as follows CTRL P LP CTRL Left click Ctrl e This is useful in on screen demonstration of any software where the audience can clearly see the actions of the presenter Therefore it is placed where it will not obstruct the parts of the screen where action is going on but
218. ill see how to use the various windows in ActivePresenter Using The Capture Profile Editor The Capture Profile Editor window is launched when you launch a new profile or edit an existing profile from the New Project window e f you have launched a new profile ActivePresenter allows you to copy settings from an existing capture profile by launching the following window Copy settings from None Full Motion Recording FMR Record Movie Streaming Video Smart Capture With Auto FME Smart Capture Select None if you want to build a new profile from scratch The Capture Profile editor has five different tabs each dealing with a specific area The values set in all these tabs are saved in the current profile The Save and Cancel buttons at the bottom are common between the five tabs The new settings do not take effect till you have saved the profile Once you create a new profile it will be available in the Capture New project window The tabs are described below Using ActivePresenter Windows Using The Capture Profile Editor 163 ActivePresenter User Manual The General Tab This tab allows you to make generic choices for the capture settings Capture Profile Profile Name Full Motion Recording FMR Description Record full motion video for demonstration Capture Type Smart Capture Capture screenshots whenever you type or click Automatically use FMR for Drag and Drop Actions Mouse Wheel Actions
219. imeline always lists the objects by their order in the stack Editing A Project Editing A Slide 65 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 lt Timeline Diamond Circle Cross In the example above the diamond is at the top of the stack and so the Timeline puts it at the top of the list The Cross is at the bottom of the stack so Timeline lists it last This fact will help you in assessing the z order of objects even when they are not placed overlapping You can even select the object from the Timeline itself click on the name or on the Time Bar of the object The following commands change the stacking order Icon Shortcut Function uL CTRL Home Place the selected object at the very top of the stack CTRL PageUp Send the selected object higher by one level in the stack CTRL End Place the selected object at the very bottom of the stack CTRL PageDn Send the selected object lower by one level in the stack eS 55 ee Editing A Project gt Editing A Slide 66 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 Hemoving Objects To remove an object follow this two step procedure 1 Select the object by any one of the following methods e Inthe Edit pane click on its outline or e Inthe Timeline pane click anywhere on its row 2 Press the DEL key on the keyboard click on the A button in the main toolbar or use the Edit gt Delete menu option Editing Objects The objects c
220. in a particular and they are displayed here based on their z index e Click in the cell in the Actions column first and then click on the an button to add an action In this way you can associate multiple actions with a given drag source e Select actions and click on the button to removes them e fa given drag source contains multiple actions the T and buttons move the selected actions up and down For Drop Area Interaction This tab defines drag sources that can be dropped onto the drop area and optionally score actions to be taken for each dropped source Points 1 Accept Drag Source Triangle Diamond Pentagon Regular Hexagon Hexagon Show Object Blocking Shape 10 Cancel The GUI works as follows 1 The Points assigned here are common for any of the accepted drag sources listed below For this option to work the Score by Object check box must be cleared In that case the Points column below is removed 2 Specify drag sources that can be accepted by the drop area e When a non accepted drag source is dropped it is sent back to its original position and the On Incorrect event is triggered e When an accepted drag source is dropped it will be accepted and the On Correct Using ActivePresenter Windows Using The Event Editor 185 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 event is triggered If the drop area already contains a dropped object it will be sent bac
221. ing Timeline view EE BE me 0 07 0 08 0 09 1 Cursor Path T The screenshot shows the 3 segment with four instants 1 4 marked on both the canvas and the Timeline From the Timeline we can see that 1 The purple vertical line starts the life of the segment 2 The instant when the cursor starts moving is marked with a red vertical line During the 1 2 gap the cursor is at rest there is no movement this is the Start Duration of the cursor The green line spans the duration of cursor movement 3 The instant when the cursor stops moving is marked with a second red vertical line During the 34 gap the cursor is at rest there is no movement this is the End Duration of the Cursor Objects gt Introduction To Objects 272 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 4 The second purple vertical line denotes the end of the segment Adding A Click Point The diamond on the Timeline shows a click point This is where ActivePresenter simulates a click by producing a click sound and click effect Any point on the cursor path can be converted into a click point Just select the point by clicking on it and then in the Properties pane click in the Click point check box Composing A Mouse Path Here are a few tips for composing a realistic looking path 1 Avoid showing mouse all the time It is OK if the mouse vanishes from the scene for a while 2 Remove aimless wandering of the mouse It is
222. ints MaxPoints Maximum points which user can gain in the practice or test by taking correctly all slides Percent Points over MaxPoints in percentage Points MaxPoints 100 Result The practice or test assessment based on pass condition Exporting The Project gt Reporting Options 153 ActivePresenter User Manual e For human readable passed or failed e For computer true or false answer Version 4 0 User passes the practice or test if his her result greater than or equal the minimum required result The result can be points which user gained points gained over maximum points in percentage or number of correct Details attempts for the slide and slide result Detail result for each slide consists of slide index number of user Heport Formats Report formats are chosen based on how they are transmitted e Plain text or CSV for email sending e XML or JSON for HTTP sending Report In Plain Text Report data is formatted in plain text for human reading The language can be selected when exporting Below is an example of plain text report in English Here is a sample Presentation Demo Description Project for Demonstration Date Fri May 25 11 28 31 GMT 0700 2012 UserID test Total Time Oh 0m 30s Total Slides 2 Taken Slides 2 Total Interactions 2 Taken Interactions 2 Correct 2 Points 2 2 Percentage 100 Result Passed At least 80 re
223. ion then double click the button to launch the Event Editor In the rendered presentation the object functions as follows Only the question 2 the answer options 3 and the Submit button 7 are displayed The user is expected to enter a descriptive text in response When the user responds the presentation compares the answer with the reference answer which Objects gt Introduction To Objects 259 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 is previously defined by the author Apart from this primary behavior the object also has secondary behaviors To set up all behaviors of the object double click on the Target area This launches Event Editor with the object s current settings in the following tabs Value Settings On Correct On Incorrect On Incomplete and On Timeout You have to set up the behavior of each button separately Double click on the button to launch Event Editor with the button s current settings in the following tabs On Click On Hollover and On Rollout Question Fill In The Blank The Fill in the blank type Question is an interactive object By default it consists of seven separate elements as shown below Type the question here Congratulations your answer is correct Sorry your answer is not correct Sorry you must answer before continuing However you have the option to add a Hint message and three buttons Clear Skip and Back which function as follows Clear Cl
224. ion of the manual click on the header This will launch a browser and load the manual download page Compare the version numbers and if your version is outdated download the latest version To replace the old version with a later version you have to move the downloaded file to the installation folder of ActivePresenter and named it in the form Help langcode pdf where langcode is the standard language code default is en for English version After this whenever you press F1 the latest User Manual file will open What s New In This Version Of User Manual Appendix What s New describes what s new in this version of the manual so that if you have already read the previous version you can update yourself with minimal effort The appendix provides links so that you can directly jump to the changed portions and catch up About This Manual Copyrights 14 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 General Basic Screencasting Concepts Before using ActivePresenter you must first understand some basic concepts Screenshot Just imagine that we have a camera to take a photo of the whole screen of your PC an application s window or any part of it Such an image is called screenshot This manual contains a lot of screenshots of the ActivePresenter windows ocreencasting A screencast also known as screen capture is a digital recording of what happens dynamically on your computer screen A screenshot is like a
225. ions to be taken when the drop target accepts a drag source On Reject Defines actions to be take when the drop target rejects a drag source Using ActivePresenter Windows Using The Event Editor 174 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 The Mouse Click Tab The Mouse click tab provides interaction and point allocation for mouse clicks optionally with modifier keys such as SHIFT CTRL and ALT Mouse Click Settings On Correct n Incorrect On Timeout On Rollover On Rollout 1 Points w Se ev Action by event Event Open Webpage http youtube com Left click Continue Presentation Send Email Ctrl Left click End Presentation Ctrl Shift Left click Continue Presentation Alt Right click Go to Slide ID 6 Slide 2 Ctrl Shift Alt Fight click Go Backward 1 slide UcHAHA TETUR 3 Cancel The GUI works as follows 1 The Points assigned here are common for any of the events listed below For this option to work the Score by event check box must be cleared In that case the Points column below is removed In this example if the user any of the combinations listed below he will earn 5 points 2 he Score by event check box allows you to specify different scores for different events When you click in this check box the Points column is activated in the pane below and at the same time the Points control at the top is disabled Now you can double click in any cell in this column
226. ip 3 to add a new stop at that spot You can click on any stop to make it active An active stop has a red border The controls 5 6 and 7 are meant to edit the properties of this active stop In our example the right most stop is active shown with red border The triangle Using ActivePresenter Windows Using The Properties Window 207 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 shows its color green The Position control 5 shows 86 meaning this stop is at 8696 of the total length You can drag the stop with mouse The Position box 5 will reflect the new position of the stop The Color 6 shows the current color of the stop To change the stop s color click on the drop down arrow and from the swatch that appears select another color The opacity of the stop can be changed with the controls 7a slider and 7b input box To delete any stop first select it and then click on the button Image fill Image Fill 3 Stretch From Library From File This option fills the shape with an image The controls are as follows First select how the shape is to be filled 1 e Tile means the image will be replicated in x and y axis to fill up the space If the image is larger than the shape it is clipped e Stretch means the image will be stretched in height and or width to fill up the available space If the image is larger than the shape it is rescaled to fit the available space
227. iple drop targets When taking the output simulation users can drag the source to one of the targets e Multiple drag sources can be mapped to one drop target When taking the output simulation users must drag all of the sources to the drop target 3 The Partial score check box allows you to specify score for each pair of drag source drop target When you select this check box the Points column is displayed and at the same time the Points control at the top is disabled e When the user drops a drag source to the correct drop target he earns the points assigned to that particular pair When he maps more correct drag source drop target pairs the score is added up Using ActivePresenter Windows Using The Event Editor 187 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 e However if he maps a drag source drop target pair incorrectly the pair is not in the list specified in the second step then the whole answer is considered incorrect and the score will be zero 4 Usethe H button to add remove drag source drop target pairs The Settings Tab This tab defines the behavior of the interactive presentation when the user is not responding well Choice Settings On Correct On Incorrect n Incomplete On Timeout Attempts Max Attempts 3 Infinite Pause presentation to wait for user input After showing object 0 milliseconds Just before hiding object Timeout _ Enable time limit Hours 0
228. is launches Event Editor with the object s current settings in the following tabs Settings On Correct On Incorrect On Incomplete and On Timeout To set up the reference text for each answer double click on each input box Note To reach the input box you may have to click on the answer first and then click on the input box Once the input box is selected you can double click on it This launches Event Editor with the current settings for this specific answer Each tab of the Event Editor defines the object s response to a different event as shown below Value On Rollover and On Rollout Repeat this for each input box for each answer You have to set up the behavior of each button separately Double click on the button to launch Event Editor with the button s current settings in the following tabs On Click On Hollover and On Rollout Question Sequence The Question Sequence is an interactive object The default Question Sequence object consists of six separate elements as shown below Objects gt Introduction To Objects 263 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 Tvpe the qu stion here Type the answer here Congratulations your answer is correct Type the answer here Type the answer here Sorry your answer is not correct Type the answer here Submit However you have the option to add remove answers add a Hint message and three buttons Clear Skip and B
229. isk The button is used to remove an existing resource so that you can insert another resource The playback controls allow you to play the video and check it out You can insert multiple frames in the slide and play multiple videos simultaneously e Play two videos side by side in a before after scenario or e Play multiple videos side by side to compare different techniques e g bowling action batting strokes biking posture running etc Properties Of Video Object The video objects have the following properties Property Remarks Name A name generated by ActivePresenter to identify the audio object uniquely The name is simply Video n where n is an incremental counter number Objects Introduction To Objects 292 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 Video The media resource which selected object refers to You can change it to another resource Loop If selected the video is played in an endless loop when the end is reached the tracked starts playing from the beginning Ignore Pausing f this option is selected even when the presentation is paused e g to wait for user s input the track will keep playing Note that this control cannot ignore a pause command from toolbar of player In other words if the user pauses the presentation using the toolbar the video will pause Boundary The boundary of frame that contains the video measured from the top left corner of the canvas
230. it will catch the puff of air whenever you speak a fricative consonant General Tips For Recording oome people prefer to record live They explain even as they are operating the target application However not many people can do this simultaneously Therefore it may be best for you to record the narration as the last operation after you have recorded the slides and added the other objects Many people are at a loss for words when they are trying to find the best way to express something especially when you are also operating a software They typically fill the gaps with um and ah This is extremely irritating for your audience To avoid this problem create an outline plot of your presentation story and a script beforehand Recording narration for the entire slide at a time may be difficult because you don t remember exactly what comes next Therefore mentally divide each slide in smaller logical parts and then record audio for each part separately Before actual recording first conduct a few practice trials Use loop mode and repeat the play till you can speak without mistakes and without um and er sounds Even with best care you may not be able to totally avoid such sounds Be sure to edit them out later opeak loudly as if you are addressing a small audience in a large room Monitor the audio level as you record most of the green LEDs should be visible but not the orange red Adjust the sound level from ti
231. ivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 Exporting To HTML5 Simulation HTMLS5 Simulation is introduced in ActivePresenter 4 0 Below are its main advantages 1 Learner viewer can view the same content on various devices PC tablet mobile or platforms Windows MacOS Linux iOS Android 2 he content can run on any HTML5 supported browsers such as Internet Explorer 9 or newer Mozilla Firefox Google Chrome Apple Safari without using plugin Flash or Silverlight player 3 ltcan also run on old browsers Internet Explorer 7 and 8 if the appropriate plugin Adobe Flash Player or Microsoft Silverlight is installed oince the HTML5 Simulation encloses all capabilities of AJAX Simulation so that the Export To AJAX Simulation is now obsoleted Exporting The Project Exporting To HTML5 Simulation 136 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 The Export To HTML5 Simulation dialog has three groups of options General Advanced and Misc Miscellaneous General Options General Advanced Misc Template Black peration Modes Demonstration Tutorial Total Max Time minutes 0 Generate Index Page Image Size 100 w Format PNG Fallback Media Player Adobe Flash Player Output Practice Test Interaction Flashing ms 0 Edit Qutput Language Color Depth True Colors 24 bit v Optimization Level Mone vi 2 Microsoft Silverlight Location CA User Atomi Documents Actie resente U
232. k to its original position before the new dropped object is accepted The drop area behaves similar to the drop target with the settings Max Accepted Objects 1 On Max Accept Replace the Last 3 The Score by Object check box allows you to specify different scores for different accepted drag source When you select this check box the Points column is displayed and at the same time the Points control at the top is disabled In this example the Hexagon drag source is correct but it is not good as the Regular Hexagon one so it gains lesser score 4 The Action by Object check box allows you to add multiple actions for each accepted drag source When you select this check box the Actions column is displayed These actions will be executed when the drag source is accepted before executing the actions in the On Correct tab In this example a shape is displayed when the user drops the Hexagon to suggest that the Regular Hexagon is more suitable 5 These buttons are used to add remove order the actions for each accepted drag source You cannot change the order of the accepted drag sources simply because they need not be in a particular and they are displayed here based on their z index e Click in the cell in the Actions column first and then click on the ap button to add an action In this way you can associate multiple actions with a given drag source e Select actions and click on the button to removes
233. kScape a vector editor and then insert the edited image into the slide Using ActivePresenter Windows Using The Image Editor 197 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 The image editor in ActivePresenter has a minimalistic window File Edit View Window Help jug Essi 2x1496 74 v LAC P amp G RT S H 6 E Zoom level 100 95 The various parts of the window are as follows 1 This is the Menu system 2 hese are toolbars You can customize any toolbar by clicking on the button located at the end You can also move the toolbars by clicking on their headers and dragging Button Effect Lets you select a rectangle for moving deleting or copying Using ActivePresenter Windows Using The Image Editor 198 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 Button Effect 4 Toggles antialiasing Sometimes you need to turn it off For example if you want to draw a polygon and flood fill it you need a shape with a clear border not anti aliased border d Draw a line EN Draw a polygon As you click at various spots those points are added to the current polygon On the last point double click to finish the polygon creation mode Draw a spline As you click at various spots those points are added to the current spline A double click ends the spline creation mode Pencil tool Draw freehand with this tool Airbrush tool Create spray with a color Eras
234. l I Show media in Text Caption 1 CO Library Project m p 4 Ef Audio amp Video Ws Check to make the accessibility name and desc Zoom level 110 75 8 The window has eight interlinked areas If you carry out any activity in one area the result is reflected instantly in the other areas as applicable The window works as follows 1 The menu system provides all the commands that are needed for editing purpose 2 The toolbars provide buttons for the frequently used commands 3 he Resources pane shows the global and project level resources To add any resource to the current slide drag n drop it from here into the Canvas pane 4 Editing A Project Overview Of The Editing Process 47 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 4 The Canvas pane shows the slide It acts like a canvas for painting and hence the name All of your spatial editing is done here visually It shows the captured scene and allows you to add the other annotation interaction objects as required You can also adjust the relative positions of all items in horizontal and vertical directions You can also make a stack of objects where objects partly fully overlap to create special effects 5 The Slides pane has two tabs which show two different views of the slides e Inthe Thumbnails tab miniature view of the slides is shown This area acts as slide sorter you can drag n drop sl
235. lanning A Project 30 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 For best results write the script for each topic what exactly do you want to convey Optionally create a visual storyboard to bring more clarity Note A Storyboard is more useful in creating a video rather than for creating documents Note that your preparations so far have nothing to do with ActivePresenter or any other tools Identify Your Sources For Presentation Now that you are clear about your success factors and ready with an outline and storyboard the next step is to think about how to create the content for that presentation A major part of your presentation would be created by capturing the live action of the target application as you interact with it In addition you may already have some resources that can be readily used in your presentation e PowerPoint presentations e Images photos screenshots e Video audio clips In your outline and storyboard mark the places where each of these resources would be used This completes the visualization of your project selecting The Content Generation Method Typically only one of these sources plays a predominant role in your presentation 1 Screen action of a target application captured live 2 A PowerPoint presentation 3 Slide show created from multiple images 4 Start with a blank project and add images video clips and other ActivePresenter projects With this in mind ActivePresenter lets you
236. launch four different types of projects each suited for a particular content creation approach Later in the Edit phase insert the content of other types wherever required However if your project uses multiple types of resources in equal proportions launch a different project type for each type of resource Finally launch a blank project and add all those projects into it to create the final presentation Regardless of the project type i e primary method of generating the content the resultant presentation has to be edited using a common process as described in the next chapter In this chapter we will see how to launch each type of project When you launch ActivePresenter a welcome screen appears in the ActivePresenter window as Creating A New Project Selecting The Content Generation Method 31 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 shown below Project Edit View Help E yg Eoeubn2x90 1i 7 ACTIM PA senter F gt Open L3 Product Homepage ij New Capture EJ Questions amp Answers CJ New Project Fi Help At the bottom there are links to the facebook and twitter sites of ActivePresenter The YouTube link takes you to the latest demo videos that explain how to use new features that appear in each new version of ActivePresenter The screenshot shows highlight on two options New Capture and New project Both are for creating a new project The difference is the New capture option starts capturing the scree
237. lays the On Correct type message 2 e lf the entered text does not match the reference text ActivePresenter displays the On Incorrect type message 3 Apart from this primary behavior the object also has secondary behaviors To set up all behaviors of the object double click on the Target area This launches Event Editor with the object s current settings in the following tabs Text Settings On Correct On Incorrect On Incomplete On Timeout On Rollover and On Rollout Key Stroke The Key Stroke is an interactive object By default a Key Stroke object consists of three separate elements as shown below Objects Introduction To Objects 251 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 Congratulations your answer Is correct SOITy YOUr answer Is not correct You can optionally add a Hint message and a Timeout message The object works as follows When the interactive presentation is played this object displays nothing initially and waits for the user to enter a hot key such as CTRL SHIFT P It ignores text strings entered by the user You can change the Show in Mode property to choose in which modes the Target Area 1 should be displayed e lf the entered hot key matches the reference ActivePresenter displays the On Correct type message 2 e lf the entered text does not match the reference ActivePresenter displays the On Incorrect type message 3 Apart from this primary behavior the object
238. lete the actions defined in the On incomplete tab are executed which typically is to display the On incomplete response 6 Apart from this primary behavior the object also has secondary behaviors To set up all behaviors of the object double click on the Target area This launches Event Editor with the object s current settings in the following tabs Choice Settings On Correct On Incorrect On Incomplete and On Timeout You have to set up the behavior of each button separately Double click on the button to launch Event Editor with the button s current settings in the following tabs On Click On Rollover and On Rollout Question Multiple Response The Multiple response type Question is an interactive object The default Multiple response object consists of seven separate elements as shown below Objects Introduction To Objects 256 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 Type the question here Type the answer here Congratulations your answer Is Type the answer here correct Type the answer here Type the answer here Sorry your Q answer is not correct Sorry you must answer before continuing Submit However you have the option to add remove answers add a Hint message and three buttons Clear Skip and Back which function as follows Clear Clear all user input on the question e g make text fields empty uncheck radio button check box Skip Go to the next slide Back G
239. lice through only these selected objects Obviously if any object has no content inside the slice it won t be pasted Using The Join Command The Join command ER joins the selected objects either audio or video You can join an audio object with other audio objects and a video object with other video objects You cannot join an audio object with a video object When you select audio video for joining here s how ActivePresenter handles the job 1 In the background ActivePresenter maintains four separate lists of selected audio video objects Using ActivePresenter Windows Using The Timeline 235 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 a Selected audio objects in current slide b Selected video objects in current slide c Selected audio objects that show over multiple slides d Selected video objects that show over multiple slides 2 Within each list ActivePresenter sorts the objects by their Start Time in ascending order o If two or more objects in each list have the same Start Time ActivePresenter sorts them by their Z Index in ascending order i e bottom up order in Timeline 3 For each list that contains at least two objects ActivePresenter joins the objects in the order of their sorting 4 The combined track is assigned to the first object in the list All the other objects in the list are deleted 5 If any of the tracks has effects applied to it e g freeze frame silence volume change they ar
240. lize gt Replace Slide Backgrounds gt All Slides From Project e lf you just want to replace some slides select them then choose Selected Slides From Project in Localize gt Replace Slide Backgrounds menu e Browse the new project captured in step 2 Skype es captured approj Editing A Project gt Advanced Editing 90 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 4 In the Slide Background Replacer dialog arrange new slides on the right in the same order as current slides on the left Arrange new slides on the right in the same order as current slides on the left Then click OK to replace all slide backgrounds on the left pane with the corresponding ones on the right e To move a slide drag it and drop to new position e ocopy cut paste delete slides use hotkeys or right click menu e loundo redo use hotkeys or buttons e lf you are not sure that a new slide is redundant or not use Move To Bottom function instead of deleting it e lfacertain step slide is required in the new language but not available in the original language use Copy To Left function e f you do not want to change a certain slide in the left for example the introduction slide use New Place Holder function 5 Click OK button on the Slide Background Replacer dialog to replace slide backgrounds Editing A Project Advanced Editing 91 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 Importing From XLIFF A
241. ll sound cartoonish and the words start merging into each other o Ifthe speed is too slow it will sound like a growl Therefore a mid range speed is best Hemember Using multiple voices male female at different speeds makes the narration interesting You can even use a different voice for each specific purpose Different male female voices are available on the Internet some of which have American or British accent Select the accent that is suitable for your target audience 3 This is the CC Stack It contains all the CC Lines of the CC object A given CC object can have multiple CC lines some of which can occupy 2 3 rows on the screen You cannot edit the CC lines here To edit a CC line click on it It appears in the Text Editor 1 and its settings appear in the TTS section 2 Now you can edit the text and the TTS settings 4 This section contains buttons to handle the CC lines in the CC Stack The amp button adds a new CC line The Text Editor is automatically set to edit this line The button removes the selected CC Line The tf and buttons move the selected CC Line up and down in the stack 5 This is the Speech audio section It is for converting the composed CC into audio and checking it out Initially only the Generate Audio button is active Click on it to convert all CC lines into an audio track At this stage the appearance of this whole section changes as shown in figure 5a Objects Introducti
242. ller video size but will make seeking less accurate Also in case of corruption lesser number of frames are lost because the key frames are spaced closer As a compromise the 4 400 range is used Quality When you select one of the lossy codecs ActivePresenter allows you to select a quality level between 1 min and 100 max The higher the number you Using ActivePresenter Windows Using The Capture Profile Editor 167 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 select the better is the video quality and the larger is the file size Audio Settings This setting contains three parameters to balance between the audio quality or storage size Option Remarks Audio Codec ActivePresenter offers a choice of three audio codecs 1 16 bit PCM lossless 2 Vorbis lossy 3 MP3 lossy When the 16 bit PCM is selected ActivePresenter uses the lossless algorithm in encoding to preserve the quality But when you select the Vorbis or MP3 codec ActivePresenter use the lossy algorithm in encoding resulting in reduced file size but at the cost of irreversible loss of audio quality Sample Rate The incoming analog sound is first converted into digital form and then stored on the disk This digital sound is not the exact replica of the original Some fidelity is always lost The fidelity of the digital sound depends on the sample rate and bit rate Higher the sampling and bit rate better the fidelity
243. llow editing the shapes directly within MS Word later once exported Otherwise slide objects are exported as images so it is almost impossible to edit exported document later Use Template Use the layout specified in the template Refer to Appendix Create custom Layout Word template to learn more about how to create a custom layout Image options Parameter Options Remarks oize Range 10 to 150 The size is relative to canvas size selected at the beginning of the project you can check this out at any time by using the Project gt Project Information menu option in steps of 10 Note that ActivePresenter only works with logical size Exporting The Project Exporting To Microsoft Word Document 122 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 i e pixels However when displayed printed the physical size depends on pixels and the dpi dots per inch setting of the displaying printing device Color Depth True Colors 24 bit Higher color depth makes the presentation look stunning But it also increases the file size When the images are Soe lee BI inserted in other files that file also will become large Grayscale 8 bit Format JPEG Due to their soecs and compression algorithms JPEG is best suited for pictures while PNG is best suited for PNG computer generated images screenshots drawings Note that JPEG compression is lossy while PNG is lossless so PNG retains cryst
244. low Pause The presentation s main stream is halted all objects stop playing against Presentation the Timeline but the user can still interact with interactive objects The presentation is paused indefinitely until one of the following actions is executed Continue Presentation End Presentation Go to Slide Go to Slide at Index Go Forward or Go Backward End Exit the presentation Presentation Go to Slide Jump to the specified slide Note that the link is made to a specific slide If you move that slide to a new position the link will follow it and jump to this new position If the target slide is deleted the link gets dissolved automatically Go to Slide at Jump to any slide that is currently at the specified index Index Note that when you add remove or shuffle slides another slide may take the place of the current slide Regardless of that this command will jump to the nth slide in the order Go Forward Go forward by the specified number of slides Note that the target is not a specific slide The jump will land on any slide that is presently n slides away from the current slide Go Backward Go backward by the specified number of slides Note that the target is not a specific slide The jump will land on any slide that is presently n slides away from the current slide Send Email This action launches default email client program installed on user PC and loads the previously configured co
245. ls Sample Rate Output Export Closed Captions as Soft Subtitles SRT Export Closed Captions as Hard Subtitles Embedded in HTML 100 Frame Rate 72 Quality Stereo 128 Kbps 44100 Hz Output File D Presentation FlashVideo Presentation fly The options are divided into four sections Rendering Options Exported Closed Captions as Soft Subtitles SRT Exporting The Project If you select this option the Closed Captions will be exported as a separate subtitle file with srt extension The player must have the capability to display subtitles Note that this allows you to change the font size and color of the subtitles at play time You can also change the srt file to display the subtitles in a different language Exporting To Flash Video 107 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 Export Closed If you select this option the Closed Captions will be hard coded inside Caption as Hard the video In this case any video player can play the video can also oubtitles display subtitles However the attributes of the subtitles cannot be changed at play time Zoom n Pan If selected the effects of zoom n pan objects will be included in the exported video Embedded in HTML If you select this option the flash will be embedded in an HTML file This can be viewed in a browser directly e f you deselect this option a stand alone video will be created Include Cursor Path Deselecting this option will hide
246. lume is lowered note the signal has become weaker in that range In both cases the start and end points are marked with red vertical marker lines Note that these markers cannot be moved within the time bar because they actually denote the range in which the volume is altered If you want to reverse the effect i e make the volume normal follow this procedure 1 Click on the 19 button to turn on the snap mode Using ActivePresenter Windows Using The Timeline 237 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 3 Now drag it to the red mark on the left thanks to the sna p mode it will snap to the marker 4 Now drag the End marker of the range to the red marker on the right tha 0 1 nks to the snap mode it will snap to the marker 5 Click on the arrow in the 4 button and select the Restore Original Volume option The effect of the Adjust Volume control is removed and the original sound is restored Productivity Tips For Timeline Most of the editing work is accomplished in the Canvas and Timeline panes Therefore it is important to learn some productivity tricks First force yourself to use and memorize the hotkeys Although this may look difficult at the beginning it will be very rewarding on long term as you will be able to work in Timeline at much higher speeds Here is asummary of hotkeys used in Timeline Hotkey Function Home Moves the Playhead to the beginning o
247. ly deletes everything other than what is there in the range The original slide No object selected Only the contents of the range are retained and the rest is deleted Thus the slide duration is reduced to the duration of the range If any object does not have any part inside range it is dropped e g Shapes 6 2 Crop No objects selected Using ActivePresenter Windows Using The Timeline 233 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 When some objects in the slides are selected the command behaves differently as shown with the following example The original slide Here we have two identical sets of objects 1 6 7 12 Shape 12 Shape 6 Shape 5 5 Shape 4 Shape 3 Shape 2 of Shape 11 a gm Only one of the two sets is Shape 10 amp m selected to show the difference Shape 9 A m ue Shape 8 amp J Shape 7 d i9 ck aj raj GT gt gt gt Eh BE He e gt d ET Eh 1 At least one object 1 T selected Shane 11 a gm Only the selected objects are edited The slide itself ae 2 zi and unselected objects 7 Shape 9 D af 12 are not affected at all 2 ui Those parts of the selected nape 7 of objects that lie inside the range are retained If any selected object does not have any part inside Shape 1 A md range it is deleted entirely from the slide e g Shapes 6 2
248. mage each having its hotspot anchor point in a different direction so that ActivePresenter can automatically select a variant that does not cross the slide canvas This is done by entering a new group name or selecting an existing name from the drop down list All images that have a common group name are considered interchangeable and ActivePresenter will automatically select the image that fits inside the canvas even when the click spot is close to the boundary of the slide canvas 4 Define the cursor hotspot This is the hotspot position not direction for the cursor The x and y dimensions are from the origin point x20 y 0 of the image which is located on the top left corner of the shape as shown below 0 0 X axis x y y axis The anchor point hotspot is shown as x y vis a vis the origin 0 0 Using ActivePresenter Windows gt Using Image Resource Properties Window 203 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 The Text Margin Tab The Text Margin tab has the following controls Text Margin L Select preview mode Fit Preview Window 1 This drop down menu has two settings for the zoom level Actual size 100 and fit to window 2 The margin between the image and the nearest text is defined here If the image is surrounded by text then the distance between the image and the text would be automatically maintained as per these limits Using ActivePresenter Windows gt Using
249. me rate Drag and Drop When the drag action is over ActivePresenter will switch back to the Smart Actions Capture mode Automatically Captures the target screen in FMR mode with a fixed frame rate when you use FMR for scroll the mouse wheel up or down Mouse Wheel The FMR mode will last as long as you scroll the wheel After that Actions ActivePresenter will switch back to the Smart Capture mode Automatic Panning This facility is useful only when your capture frame is smaller than the target application s screen and if you want to freely move pan that frame to any part of the screen But if you are anyway capturing the entire screen of the target application or the whole desktop screen then this technique is not applicable Target application screen Capture frame Usually you use this feature when the target application has many controls and you want to zoom in to a certain part of the screen at a time but keep your option open to move to any other part of the screen as required Option Remarks Using ActivePresenter Windows Using The Capture Profile Editor 165 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 Make Capture When this option is selected the capture frame follows the mouse pointer Window around the screen Follow Mouse As long as the pointer is within the capture frame the frame does not move Cursor But when the mouse pointer crosses any side of the frame the f
250. me to time Remember also that if you are recording in multiple sessions you will have to set up the sound level for each session Never play a background music while you record a narration It is best to add the background music separately so that you can adjust its relative volume precisely If you are using paper sheets for script ensure that they do not rustle when you turn the pages Splitting A Slide Sometimes you will need to split a slide into two or mode slides ActivePresenter allows you to split a slide at a chosen point You can split a given slide any number of times Refer to the Using The Timeline appendix for details Editing A Project Editing A Slide 75 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 Adding Navigational Elements You can easily add navigational buttons to slides by using mouse click interactions e Insert mouse click interactions to slide e Open its Event Editor select On Correct tab remove all current actions and add a Go Forward Go Backward or Go to Slide action e f you want to add hot keys you can also insert and use key stroke interaction Advanced Editing Making The Project Interactive In ActivePresenter you can make your projects interactive by using various types of Interactive Objects They are special objects designed to respond to user inputs in a predefined manner Users can interact with them using a keyboard mouse or other input devices For any of these obj
251. n whereas the New project option offers all four methods to choose from By clicking on the New Project link you can launch any type of project We will see how to launch each type of project in the following sections Creating A Capture Project This is the first and most prevalent content generation method This type of project captures the live action on the screen while you are interacting with the target software Typically your mouse and keyboard actions would also be captured In the flash screen select the New Project option Immediately the screen will vanish to be replaced by a second window as shown below Creating A New Project gt Creating A Capture Project 32 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 Project Name Untitled E C Users Atom Documents ActivePresenter Until Save in Browse Mew Capture r Capture Profiles Eq Full Motion Recording FMR Import PowerPoint Record full motion video for demonstration Record Movie Streaming Video mm jannr d mnia nr amina vider ec Record movie or streaming video Image Project Smart Capture With Auto FMR Create training materials with Auto Full Motion Recording Auto FMR Blank Project Smart Capture Create training materials Without Auto FMR Cancel The different parts of the screen work as follows 1 This section offers the four methods of launching a new project The Capture method is selected by default
252. n Balloon Text Caption Corect Mes Incorect M Incomplete Complete Retry Abc Abc Highlight Question Answer Closed Cap Blue Purple Aqua Abc Spotlight Feedback Trial type of object The combination of all these attributes is called Style You can edit the default styles all objects using those styles will take the new look and create new styles and apply to any of the objects Right click on any object and from the context menu select the Style option A Properties window pops up which allows you to change the style of the object Introduction To Objects In this section we will see the properties that are unique to each object Objects Introduction To Objects 249 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 Mouse Click The Mouse click is an interactive object By default a Mouse click object consists of three separate elements as shown below Congratulations your answeris correct E LHrTM Somy youransweris not correct 3 m pe i 4 You can optionally add a Hint message and a Timeout message The object works as follows When the interactive presentation is played this object displays only the Target area element 1 and waits for the user to click anywhere in the slide You can prompt the user to click in a specific area by inserting a shape with some guidance Change the Show in Mode property of the object to make it invisibl
253. n deletes the event and all its actions e f you had clicked in the Action column this button removes the action but does not affect the Event row The it and buttons move the selected row up and down in the stack e f you had clicked in the Event row these buttons move the event and all its actions together as a set e f you had clicked in the Action column these buttons move the Action row but do not affect the Event row Using ActivePresenter Windows Using The Event Editor 178 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 The Text Tab The Text tab checks whether the user has entered the correct text string in response to a Text Box an essay question or a fill in the blank type question Text Settings On Correct On Incorrect n Incomplete On Timeout On Rollover On Rollout i peius 5 Score by answe Action by answer Value Execute JavaScript Banglore Go to Slide ID 4 Slide 8 Pause Presentation Mumbai Go to Slide at Index 4 Hanol Submit Text Box 19 London End Fresentation Submit Press Key w Enter 6 w Case sensitive OR Cancel The GUI works as follows 1 The Points assigned here are common for any of the events listed below For this option to work the Score by event check box must be cleared In that case the Points column below is removed In this example if the user enters Bangalore Mumbai Hanoi or London he will earn 5 points If he enters anything else he
254. n other ActivePresenter projects All you need to do is to copy those slides and insert them in the current project at the appropriate places Here is the procedure 1 While the current project is open open the another donor project 2 Use the WindowsTile Vertically menu option Now ActivePresenter displays both projects side by side If you prefer you can use the Cascade or Tile Horizontally options 3 You are going to use the Slides pane of both project First switch to Thumbnails tab in both projects 4 Now click on the desired slide from the other project and press CTRL C or use the Edit Copy menu This places the selected slide on the clipboard Instead of selecting a single slide you can select multiple slides by using SHIFT Click and or CTRL Click 5 Now switch to the home project and in its Slides pane click on the slide after which you want to paste the copied slides 6 Press CTRL V or use the Edit gt Paste menu This pastes the slide after the current slide in the home project along with objects background slide properties and all resources that are referenced by the source slide and its objects Note that the imported slides and their objects always keep their original size and position they are not rescaled to match the home project Editing A Project Project Level Editing 57 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 If the donor project and the home project do not have the same canv
255. n with a careful planning of what is expected out of it Find The Success Factors Depending on the expected outcome for the given project you have to consider various success factors The following is only a sample list of considerations 1 What is the mode of delivery Will the user interact with you Will you need to embed all the information in the product or deliver some of the information in person 2 Is it a simple start to finish presentation or will it have branches Is there additional content that is presented only if when needed 3 Do you want audio not if the kiosk is in a shared noisy exhibition hall 4 Whatis the size and resolution of your target device low resolution devices won t run high resolution presentation 5 What is the user s preferred device Some high value presentations may be specially created for iPad or HD monitor screens 6 Does the situation allow interaction not if the viewers have to walk past the terminal in groups Creating A New Project Planning A Project 29 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 7 Will your audience include visually impaired people The presentation will need Closed Caption and longer duration slides 8 Is it meant for international audiences The text and Closed captions will need to be translated later called nternationalization You may also have to dub the audio tracks in the other language 9 Will you need a background for your sl
256. n you click this button a dialog pops up and offers the following options e No proxy e Use system settings default e Manual configuration Check with your admin and set the values Provides logging related options Logs are important for troubleshooting Enable logging If you disable this option no logs will be kept Log UI level Select the log level that will be displayed Only log messages which have severity level that is higher or equal to the selected level will be displayed The other logs will be written to the log file silently Verbose mode In verbose mode more details are captured This is better for troubleshooting Log level There are five levels Fatal error most severe level Error Warning Message otatus Information If you select any level the log will be kept of that level and higher levels if any For example selecting Warning will keep a log of the top three types of problems but selecting Fatal error will keep log of fatal errors only View Log Clicking on this button shows the log file The log file is automatically cleared and started over when its size reaches 2 MB Confirmation These settings specify whether appropriate messages will be displayed to Settings seek the user s confirmation Warning about non ANSI path when exporting When you export your project there are some outputs that can not be opened or run properly if the file name contains non ANSI characters This option s
257. name in the Group input box If a few images share a common group name ActivePresenter treats them all as equivalent and selects the image that fits in the slide for the given click spot ActivePresenter And LMS The outputs produced by ActivePresenter can be hosted on an LMS Learning Management oystem as an online course An LMS can manage multiple courses on different subjects The LMS also allows multiple students to have multiple sessions of the course and keeps track of the marks scored by each of the students during each of those sessions General Basic Screencasting Concepts 22 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 SCORM SCORM is a standard for describing and packing materials so that the LMS can understand So virtually anything can be packed into a SCORM compatible package Interactive Presentation Modes ActivePresenter is capable of generating a presentation in interactive mode in which the generated output uses either HTML5 or Flash technology This is a self running presentation and normally consists of multiple files e HTML5 They are HTML JavaScript CSS and media resource files which will be run by a web browser e Flash The main file is a SWF Flash file and HTML index page which embed that SWF file so it can run inside a web browser The user runs the interactive presentation with a web browser The interactive presentation can run in four different modes Demonstration Tutorial Practice and Test
258. ndix Object started by event The glance sign indicates that the object is shown if an event happens For example the object is selected to show in the list of actions in On Correct tab of Event Editor The duration of slide does not include the durations of objects which are started by events so the timer bars of these objects can be extended outside the length of slide s timer bar the area on the left of the red vertical line in Timeline onapping In Timeline Often you need to align different objects precisely ActivePresenter facilitates this by providing a snap mode Click on the iE button or the View gt Snapping Timeline snapping menu option to toggle the snap mode on off When the snap mode is on you can temporarily disable the snapping by pressing CTRL as you drag the element When the snap mode is on as soon as a moving snappable element comes in the vicinity of another snappable element it will make a tiny jump to match the time stamp of the other element e Note that this other element may be anywhere in the Timeline pane Right from the Ruler to the lowest object s time bar The vertical separation between the elements does not matter at all e Also note that we may not be dragging the snappable element itself For example when we drag a time bar of an object all the snappable elements in the bar are moving simultaneously Any of these elements can snap to another snappable element
259. nge Using ActivePresenter Windows Using The Timeline 231 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 When some objects in the slides are selected the command behaves differently as shown with the following example Pp ppp pp Ep Bp BR Bh Bb Bh Bh Bh Ep j ER Shape 5 dd Eh Eh Cut Delete Only some objects selected Using ActivePresenter Windows Using The Timeline The original slide 1 Here we have two identical sets of objects 1 6 7 12 Only one of the two sets is selected to show the difference 4 Atleast one object selected Only the selected objects are edited The slide itself and unselected objects 7 12 are not affected at all For the selected objects only The range is folded up and then removed Any object parts that lie in the range are deleted e g Object 5 and 3 Also shape 4 was deleted because it was completely inside the range Objects parts that follow the range are shifted to the left by the duration of the range e g Objects 3 2 1 If a selected object spans on both sides of the range its remaining parts are joined e g Shape 1 232 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 The Delete Command The Delete command works just like the Cut command except for one difference The Cut command places the cut contents on the clipboard whereas the Delete command does not The Crop Command The crop command simp
260. nnector to select then delete it by using hotkey default is Delete key or menu toolbar e To map an already mapped drag source to another drop target drag the head of the connector arrow to the new drop target Note e A drop target that is not an element of a Drag n Drop Question will be converted to a Drop Editing A Project Advanced Editing 84 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 Area automatically when users specify the correct drag source for it You can also define correct drag source drop target pairs in the Event Editor of Drop Area the Accepted Drag Sources tab and Drag n Drop Question the Answer tab object One drag source can be mapped to multiple drop targets When taking the output simulation users can drag the source to one of the targets Multiple drag sources can be mapped to one drop target When taking the output simulation o l fthe drop target is a Drop Area users can drag one of the sources to the Drop Area o If the drop target is an element of a Drag n Drop Question users must drag all of the sources to the drop target Tips for Creating Drag and Drop Interactions If you want to assess learner response instantly when they drop a drag source and you need only one drop target use Drop Area interaction Otherwise Drag n Drop Question is suitable for your needs You should insert all objects before converting them to drag sources drop targets and mapping them It will reduce you
261. nstration Date Fri May 25 11 46 11 GMT 0700 2012 UserID test TotalTime 30 SlideCount 2 TakenSlide 2 InteractionCount 2 TakeInteraction 2 SlideIndex 1 ReportID 1_4 Attempts 1 Points 1 Exporting The Project Reporting Options Version 4 0 156 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 MaxPoints 1 Result Correct LIype Text Box Answers demo SlideIndex 2 ReportID 2_1 Attempts 1 Points 1 MaxPoints 1 Result Correct Type Multiple Choice Answers 1 Transmission Of Report The report can be sent to a valid email or HTTP address In case of sending via HTTP protocol POST method is used where the key is report and the value is the report content with format specified when exporting to HTML5 presentation The server side script at the HTTP address must handle and process the report For example suppose that the HTTP address is httpz atomisystems com reportreceiver php The following is a trivial sample code in reportreceiver php file to receive and process report lt php if Gisset _POST report read report data report _POST report process report e g append to a text file here report_file fopen report txt a if report_file fwrite report_file report separate this report from others fwrite report_file n n n n fclose report_file j j
262. nswers then the whole answer is considered incorrect and he will lose all the partial points earned in this question Note that this interaction cannot have a response action per answer because there are multiple correct answers and there is no way to predict which ones are attempted by the user and which answers are correct Thus it is virtually impossible to set a trigger condition The Accepted Drag Sources Tab There are two different tabs named Accepted Drag Sources One is used in the Drop Area interaction and the other is used in the normal drop target object This section describes them both For Drop Target Object This tab defines drag sources that can be dropped onto the drop target and optionally actions to be taken for each dropped source It also defines maximum number of accepted drag sources that can be dropped onto the drop target Using ActivePresenter Windows Using The Event Editor 183 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 Accepted Drag Sources On Accept On Reject On Rollover On Rollout Max Accepted Objects 1 Infinite On Max Accept Reject Replace the Last Drag Source Triangle Diamond Pentagon Hexagon Accept All The GUI works as follows 1 Specify the number of drag sources that can be accepted by the drop target If the number is finite you can define what happens when users drop more drag sources that are in the accept list specified in the second step than this number
263. ntent in the mail including recipient address subject line etc Note that the email is not sent silently or automatically The user must manually press the send button The user can also modify the email content before sending Open Web page Open the specified URL You can specify whether to open it in the current window or to use a different window Recall that the interactive presentations are always delivered through a browser window Editing A Project Advanced Editing 79 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 Execute Execute the specified JavaScript JavaScript Show Object Show shapes images audio and video objects Users can also specify whether this action is blocking or not If this action is blocking subsequent actions will be blocked until the object is hidden Otherwise subsequent actions will be executed right after the object is displayed Hide Object This action is used to hide any objects which are displayed by Show Object action before they hide automatically Play Audio This action is used to play audio resource It is similar to the Show Object non blocking action with audio object except it does not require an audio object is inserted earlier Submit This action send whatever users entered in the specified interactive object to the presentation to evaluate Clear User Input This action clears whatever users entered in the specified interactive object for example
264. nter Windows Using The Timeline 222 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 Button Shortcut Function e f you click this button when the Timeline is not playing then ActivePresenter removes the selection markers 3 and 4 In other words use this button to clear the selection range Records your voice even as you play the slide simultaneously This allows you to watch the slide s playback and time your voice perfectly with the action on the screen To stop recording press the Stop button This also allows you to dub your slide in another language Tip To synchronize your voice over perfectly press the mi button to select the oop mode Play the range repeatedly for a few times and practice speaking in perfect sync Once your timing is right start recording Zooms out Use this to see the duration for the entire slide Zooms in Click this button to expand the time scale and see more details Zoom all Click this button to automatically adjust the zoom factor to fit the entire slide s duration in the available pane width eH CTRL SHIFT X Cuts the range and places it in the clipboard e The slide duration is shrunk by the duration of the range e lf the Time Bar of any object extends on both sides of the range the remainder parts on both sides of the range are joined spliced together This command is activated only when a range is defined The range edit comm
265. ntiate between non preferable and preferable answers In each row double click in the cell in the Points column and enter points 4 Apart from allocating the points you may also want to respond to the user e g You can state why his answer is wrong followed by the try again message To do this click on the Action by choice check box Immediately the Actions column appears in the pane below Now double click in each row in this column and from the drop down list that appears select an Using ActivePresenter Windows Using The Event Editor 181 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 action You can enter multiple actions for any given choice This example shows two actions for each answer o hese buttons are used to organize the Action rows within a given answers You cannot change the order of the answers simply because the answers need not be in a particular e Click in the Action column first and then click on 5 button to add an action In this way you can associate multiple actions with a given event e The button removes the selected action e lfagiven answer contains multiple actions the t and T buttons move the selected actions up and down in the stack within the answer For Multiple Response Question The Choice tab allows the user to select multiple options and optionally allocate different points for each option Choice Settings On Correct On Incorrect On Incomplete On Timeout
266. ntitled HTML Template Options HTMLS5 Simulation is an interactive presentation which is delivered through a browser A control toolbar is provided at the bottom the screen which allows the user to play pause stop the presentation hide closed captions change volume or jump to a particular slide In this context a template is a design pattern that is applied to this toolbar to change its appearance If you do not want to provide any control to the user you can opt for No Toolbar option ActivePresenter offers four default options which can be customized further Black l 4 I P bM Ocean Exporting The Project Exporting To HTML5 Simulation 137 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 Silver Standard First select any one of the main options and then click on the Settings button The Template parameters window opens Template Parameters Presets Preview Custom i Li E77 Es Slide List Position right Steps Initial Slide List State visible Demonstration Preview Always Show Slide List yes 1 Slide 4 Show Slides As Groups yes Detailed Steps in Practi collapse Navigation in Practice yes Show Duration group High Level Step Tet yes Docking Pane Size 200 Initial Volume Initial CC State hidden Initial AutoFit State yes ha ad il bb he Docking Pane Size 5i
267. ntly used in the Canvas pane The Editing Process The project is edited in three distinct steps Editing A Project Overview Of The Editing Process 48 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 1 Project level editing Since the project is made up of slides we essentially deal with slides in this step Sort the slides in the correct order remove redundant slides get slides from other projects name all slides and add new slides to bridge a gap in the presentation This is the stage where you populate a blank project by inserting slides from other project types This is also the stage where you can insert the non predominant type of content in any project for example in a capture type project you can add slides from PowerPoint or images 2 Slide level editing In this step we fine tune each individual slide Since a slide is made up of objects we essentially deal with objects in this step Insert objects shapes text interactions video clip audio clip highlight closed captions etc and add voice over commentary Next we adjust the properties of each object both in the Canvas pane and also in the Properties pane Then we preview the slide and adjust the objects on the Timeline adjust the timing of its entry exit and also manipulate its sequence amongst all objects of the slide Finally we play each slide separately and optimize it by adjusting all objects one final time 3 Advanced editing e Making t
268. o provide captions at the same time You can use Closed Caption or any other type of object that can display text and remember to synchronize the text with the audio using the Timeline For viewers with either visual or mobility impairment ensure that viewers can interact with the output using keyboard For example enable Focusable property for Mouse Click objects so that viewers can press the Tab key to navigate to the object and the Enter or opace key to activate it You can also provide a Key Stroke object that acts as a keyboard shortcut for each Mouse Click object Enable accessibility features when exporting to output formats that support accessibility Customizing Accessibility Text for Slides In ActivePresenter you can add accessibility text describing each slide for screen readers to read aloud when the slide is displayed Screen readers and accessibility text are useful for people with visual impairment Editing A Project Advanced Editing 86 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 Name Description Group Title Show In Slide List Show No Numbering Duration 3000 ms Transition Mone Background Color Project s Setting Image Mone Image Boundary 0 0 0 E Accessibility Auto Label Mame Description Auto Label Check to make the accessibility name and description generated automatically By default ActivePresenter uses slide name and description as slide accessibility text To provide different text for s
269. o to the previous slide Submit Get user input evaluate and execute suitable actions User can change these default behaviors by editing On Click actions of these buttons from the Event Editor window Select the question then double click the button to launch the Event Editor In the rendered presentation the object functions as follows Only the question 2 the answer options 3 and the Submit button 7 are displayed The user is expected to click one or more check boxes When the user responds the presentation compares the answer with the reference answer which is previously defined by the author Objects gt Introduction To Objects 257 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 e lf the answer is correct the actions defined in On correct tab are taken which typically is to display the On correct response 4 e lf the answer is incorrect the actions defined in On incorrect tab are taken which typically is to display the On incorrect response 5 e lf the user tries to leave the answer incomplete the actions defined in the On incomplete tab are executed which typically is to display the On incomplete response 6 Apart from this primary behavior the object also has secondary behaviors To set up all behaviors of the object double click on the Target area This launches Event Editor with the object s current settings in the following tabs Choice Settings On Correct On Incorrect On Incompl
270. ocus indicator In this tab define how the presentation would end and whether accessibility features are enabled Presentation End Behavior The following options are offered Ask to restart or Whether asking viewers to restart or close at the end of presentation or close presentation not When unselected the exported presentation will stop silently at the in Demonstration last slide and the window is left open This behavior is applicable only in and Tutorial mode Demonstration and Tutorial modes Show report in If this option is unselected then the presentation will end without Practice and Test presenting you with test result applicable only for Practice and Test mode modes Accessibility These options allow you to enable or disable accessibility features Exporting The Project gt Exporting To HTML5 Simulation 144 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 Enable If this option is selected slide and object accessibility text is exported accessibility text When a slide or an object is displayed its accessibility text will be read out by the screen reader Enable keyboard If this option is selected viewer can navigate between focusable objects navigation using the Tab key Please note that any Key Stroke object that handles the Tab key will not work anymore if this option is selected Enable visual If this option is selected an outline is displayed for the object having focus indicator
271. oject option 2 n this section select a name for the new project Also the folder where the project is to be saved Keep in mind that you are likely to insert a wide variety of objects images video clips etc in a blank project All these files will be saved in the project folder The disk must have enough space to accommodate these items 3 Inthis section select a size for the project s canvas The Preset sizes button offers multiple popular video sizes including the VGA 720p and 1080p Keep in mind the largest item you would be inserting in the project and adjust the canvas size accordingly 4 This section lets you insert any number of slides This is just for convenience You can add new slides at any time later Click the OK button to launch the project Since this type of project does not have any content all content has to be added using editing techniques described in the next chapter Creating A New Project Creating A Blank Project 42 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 Saving A Project You can save a project by clicking on the H button or using the CTRL S shortcut or the Project gt Save menu option Note that when you save a project that was created with an older version ActivePresenter automatically saves it in the new format Such files cannot be opened with the older version of ActivePresenter However most users use the latest version of ActivePresenter so usually this is not a problem Acti
272. omfortably 2 The intent was to zoom n pan to a minaret 2a and reveal an amazing fact that the minarets are intentionally built tilted so that from afar they actually look perfectly vertical o0 the zoom n pan 2b takes the viewer to the minaret 3 Once the view is zoomed in the caption is displayed oince this is a longer sentence more time is given to it 4 Another zoom n pan brings the view back to normal This is intentionally done at a faster pace because we are only reverting to the full view that was already there After this a small gap is allowed so that the audience can reorient itself 5 Now the final caption begins Adequate time is given so that the audience can read it comfortably Objects Introduction To Objects 281 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 If you launch the Closed Caption Editor now the adjusted timings of the captions are reflected in it Converting All Closed Captions To Speech ActivePresenter provides a batch operation to convert all CC objects into speech in one stroke Select the Edit Convert Closed Captions to Audio menu option The following window pops up In Slides All Slides Current Slide Specified Slides Text To Speech Extend caption duration to match the duration of generated audio OK Cancel In the top section 1 define the slides where you want this convert CC to speech e You can do the conversion in all slides of the project current
273. omizing ActivePresenter Customizing The Preferences 314 ActivePresenter User Manual Group 2 Elements Version 4 0 The following screenshot shows properties for Audio which is a typical representative of Group 2 elements General Interaction Annotation Auto Annotation Text Hotkeys Miscellaneous Block Shapes Line Arrow Double Arrow Highlight Spotlight Feedback Text Caption Question Title Answer Label Correct Incorrect Hint Complete Incomplete Accept Reject Timeout Image Audio Video Gesture Effect Cursor Path oom n Pan Closed Caption Show in Mode Demonstration Tutorial Practice Test Audio Settings Audio Codec 16 bit PCM w Sample Rate Hz w Channels Stereo w Quality 100 Restore Defaults Elements in this group have the following properties Show in mode State whether to show this element in the four modes Demonstration Tutorial Practice and Test Select one or more modes Sample rate Select from 11025 22050 and 44100 Hz Channels Select from mono stereo Bit rate Select from 64 96 and 128 kbps Zooming Duration Duration of the zoom movement transition l
274. on To Objects 279 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 ActivePresenter activates the audio player controls and changes the Generate Audio button to Update Audio Check out the converted audio using the play button o f everything is fine click the OK button A new audio object appears in the Timeline This object is independent of the CC object o If you are not happy with the audio go back to the CC Stack and try editing the CC lines o You can also press Cancel instead The audio object will not be created All your recent changes in the CC lines will also be lost Note that all CC Lines in the CC Stack are converted together individual lines cannot be converted into speech Adjusting Closed Captions In The Slide If you have annotated the slide with shapes and zoom and pan your captions and TTS speech must refer to the feature that is being highlighted at that particular moment However this does not happen automatically There may be several sync problems e he CC may run into the subsequent scene which has no relation to what the CC is talking about e The converted audio may interfere with an audio embedded in the slide during capturing phase e The converted audio may overlap with TTS audio of other objects shapes for example e he converted audio may overlap with other stand alone audio video objects You will have to check the presentation for these problems and sort them out To synchronize the capti
275. on effect The effect starts at the starting point of the object i e the left edge of the Time Bar and ends at the diamond e The red diamond shows the Exittransition effect The effect starts at the diamond and ends at the end point of the object i e the right edge of the Time Bar The light blue shaded ramps at both ends signify that the object is undergoing the transition effect during this time The pure object can be seen only between the two diamonds Using ActivePresenter Windows Using The Timeline 226 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 You can drag both diamonds in the Timeline to adjust the durations of the transitions ActivePresenter shows precise timing information and other information about the marker as shown below Shape 1 Start Time 4s ms Duration 2s 920ms Entrance Effect Fade Exit Effect Fade In this example 1 Is the position mm ss with a resolution of 1 millisecond of the green diamond end of the entrance effect 2 Is the gap between the start edge and the green diamond mm ss with a resolution of 1 millisecond This means the entrance effect will last for 500 ms 12 second 3 Is the tooltip that shows the overview of the shape it belongs to You can easily see that this is Shape 1 which starts at 4s from the start of the slide It has a duration of 2 920 seconds It has entrance and exit effects and both are set to fade fade in fa
276. ons with your annotations go back to the slide and look at the Timeline Each caption appears in the Timeline as a separate bar Look at its relationship with the other objects in the Timeline and adjust the bars e Display each caption for adequate time so that your audience can read it comfortably So longer captions need more display time e f you have used TTS narration it needs to be read fully while the corresponding feature is still highlighted This is not a problem for most objects as you can simply lengthen their bars in the Timeline In case of a video you can freeze the frame for a few moments till the narration and caption play out After that resume the play When you agjust the caption bars in the Timeline these changes are reflected in the Closed Caption Editor Let us see all this with an example The following screenshot shows our Taj Mahal project It shows three bars in the Closed Caption row which means there are three captions Objects Introduction To Objects 280 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 EM Bhd Taj Mahal X eS SP 0r 171 Timeline N ind m G amm A 5 4 4 C a 2b The bars in Timeline were adjusted as follows 1 The first caption introduces the Taj Therefore it must start after a couple of seconds Therefore the start point of this bar was pushed back by 2 seconds The duration of the bar was adjusted so that the audience can read the text c
277. op Target Drag n Drop Type Drop Target Effect None Accept Behavior Accept List Accept All Accept Audio None Reject Audio None Snap Behavior Size 100 55 Opacity 255 Position Anchor Direction Center Center Drop target properties e Effect Specify the effect for selected drop targets The effect is displayed when users drag any drag source over one of these objects e Accept Behavior Specify how the presentation responds when users drop a drag source onto one of selected drop targets o Accept List List of drag sources that can be dropped onto the selected drop target If a dropped source is accepted it snaps to the drop target based on Snap Behavior and an On Accept event is triggered If a dropped source is rejected it will be sent back to its original position and an On Reject event is triggered When users select this property a button appears Click on this button to launch the Event Editor for the selected drop target In the Event Editor users can edit the Accepted Drag Sources list specify actions for On Accept On Reject events Editing A Project Advanced Editing 82 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 o Accept Audio The short audio played when the selected drop targets accept a dropped source You can also define it in the On Accept tab of the drop target s Event Editor o Reject Audio The short audio played when the selected drop targets reject a dropped source You c
278. operly and you don t need to care about this However if you want to use your own drawings or images as annotations please read this section carefully As mentioned above ActivePresenter inserts a shape where you click and enters a self generated comment that describes the interaction e g Left click on New menu in that shape and sets the hotspot anchor point at the click spot If you want to use a different shape from the set of ActivePresenter s shapes or a beautiful image for annotating ActivePresenter allows you to define the image properties hotspot text margin group for this purpose In the following figure the anchor point is marked as x This is just for illustration In actual practice an anchor point is not visible To use that image as annotation you need to do following steps 1 Import the image into Library define the hotspot anchor point at the tip of the arrow and define the text margin to let ActivePresenter know where to place its comment inside that image Define a new style in which the Fill property must use this image as stretched background In Preferences change the default shape to Rectangle and the newly created style as the default shape style When you click anywhere ActivePresenter inserts this shape in such a way that its anchor point is placed exactly at the spot where you clicked But this strategy often runs into problem If the click spot is too close to the border of t
279. or High when exporting the final Ultra result This option is only available if the PNG image format is selected Quality Range 1 to 100 The higher the quality the larger the output file size This option is only available if the JPEG image format is selected Output File opecify the file path and name for the exported PDF document Advanced Options The options are divided in three sections 1 SCORM related options 2 PDF document related options 3 Security password for opening the PDF document Exporting The Project Exporting To Adobe PDF Document 117 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 General Advanced Text Style SCORM Options Generate SCORM Package Package Version 1 0 Organization Title Item Title Description Title Subject Keywords Protection pening Password Confirm Password SCORM related Options Presentation PDF Document Presentation Presentation Mo Identifier SCORM PACKAGE Cancel Parameter Options Remarks Generate ne If your LMS supports both 1 2 and 2004 versions of SCORM Package SCORM1 2 SCORM please choose 2004 version the latest version SCORM 2004 Package Version opecify a version that can be used to differentiate manifests with the same identifier For example if you are uploading the same project after modifying it provide a different version number Identifier Specify a name used by the LMS to
280. orting To Adobe PDF Document the Only Export Active Window Area option is added 122 Modified Exporting To Microsoft Word Document the Only Export Active Window Area option is added What s New gt Customizing The Preferences 326 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 126 Modified Exporting To Microsoft Excel Worksheet the Only Export Active Window Area option is added 131 Modified Exporting To Microsoft PowerPoint Presentation the Only Export Active Window Area option is added 148 Modified Exporting To Flash Simulation e he Generate Index Page and Edit Output Language options are added e Pass conditions in SCORM 1 2 and SCORM 2004 25 Modified Feature Comparison only list the features that are different between editions 26 Modified Update system requirements 296 Modified Add the items for new features in the following menus Edit View Slide Annotation Interaction Export and Localize 324 Modified Add two options in the Miscellaneous tab in the Preferences dialog e Allow pasting HTML text copied from other applications e Auto Adjust annotation s width when importing XLIFF 16 Corrected Capture Modes section is merged into Capture Profile section What s New Customizing The Preferences 327
281. ot image that is captured In other words you can add one more shadow to this captured image with a different set of parameters color distance angle etc e Process rounded corners When an application s window is in non maximized state the Windows OS offers an option to display rounded corners ActivePresenter has the option to capture these rounded corners If this option is turned off the captured image will have sharp corners e Use opaque background Windows Vista and later have the option to use Aero theme where the borders of windows appear semi transparent While the windows look great they also mess up the screenshot because any text images in the background will also show up through these borders ActivePresenter has the option to replace this transparency in the captured screenshot with an opaque border e Show usage guide Shows a yellow text box that describes how to actually capture the screenshot when capturing windows or objects If you are apt to forget the shortcuts leave this display on Audio An audio object is displayed on the canvas pane as the icon and its Time Bar is displayed in the Timeline Note that the canvas icon is just a visual indicator to remind you that there is an audio in the slide Its placement in the canvas is not important This icon is not visually rendered in the final output In a capture type project a new audio object is created when you narrate the operation of the target softwar
282. ot needed HTML SlideShow Slides are exported as images and embedded in HTML pages to be viewed in a browser PDF Document Slides are exported as images and embedded in PDF format Microsoft Word Slides are exported as shapes text and images and inserted in a doc docx file Now this file can be edited further in Microsoft Word or LibreOffice Writer Microsoft Excel olides are exported as shapes text and images and inserted in a xls xlsx file Now this file can be edited further in Microsoft PowerPoint or LibreOffice Calc Microsoft PowerPoint olides are converted into PowerPoint slides This exported ppt pptx file can be edited further in Microsoft PowerPoint or LibreOffice Impress HTML5 Simulation Presentation is exported as a set of files HTML CSS JavaScript using HTML5 standard so it can run on most modern browsers Internet Explorer 9 or later Google Chrome Mozilla FireFox Safari on various devices and platforms Windows MacOS Linux iOS Android The presentation can also run on older browsers such as Internet Explorer 7 Exporting The Project Overview Of Exporting Options 97 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 and 8 if Adobe Flash Player or Microsoft Silverlight plugin is installed Flash Simulation Presentation is exported as a set of HTML files with Flash content to be viewed in a browser These options are explained in detail
283. ou change the style of the CC on one slide it will be applied to the CC in all other slides of that project 6 Usually a CC line is also converted into speech When converted all lines of a CC object produce a combined single audio object Objects Introduction To Objects 277 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 To add a CC line s to slide you have to launch the Closed Caption Editor from Annotation gt Closed Caption menu or by clicking on the button in the toolbar The following window is launched Text Time CL2 1st row Gta Time 3960 m CL2 2nd row End Time 5860 Change focus to text editor when selecting a cap Text To Speech Voice Microsoft David D w Speed a Volume Speak stop Start Time me End Time ms Text Voice Speed Volume 10 3000 CLI Microsoft States 45 90 2 3860 5850 CL2 Ist row L2 2nd row Microsoft States 45 3 6980 gogn CL3 Microsof States 45 NE v QO OO OO Lo g0 0000 Generate Audio OK Cancel Speech Audio P we U 00 00 00 00 00 11 Update Audio When launched the Closed Caption Editor shows one dummy entry Replace that with your real entry as described below 1 This is the Text editor section where each CC line highlighted in the CC stack 3 is Objects Introduction To Objects 278 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 edited
284. output location and filename 5 Click OK to start exporting to XLIFF Editing A Project gt Advanced Editing 89 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 Replacing Slide Backgrounds You should not localize directly in your original project but do it in a copy of the original project So this section also describes the step to copy the project for completeness 1 Create a copy of the original project for the new language e Copy the project file in File Explorer or use Project gt Save As feature in ActivePresenter e f you copy it in File Explorer make sure it is not opening in ActivePresenter The project copied from an opening project may be corrupt e Give the copied project a meaningful name It is recommended that the project name has language code suffice e g Skype es approj You can also create a folder for the new language and place the copied project there 2 Capture new project for the new language e Change language preferences and settings for the captured application and OS to display the new language if needed e Use the same project size width x height as of the original project e Use the Smart Capture profile e Should name the new captured project a meaningful name e g Skype_es_captured approj 3 Open Slide Background Replacer dialog to replace slide backgrounds in the project copied in step 1 by new ones captured in step 2 e Open the project copied in step 1 Skype es appro e Select Loca
285. pecifies whether ActivePresenter should ask you in such case or not Customizing ActivePresenter gt Customizing The Preferences 323 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 Link resources with file size greater than x MB Allow pasting HTML text copied from other applications Auto Adjust annotation s width when importing XLIFF Show dialog when converting shape s text to speech Should ActivePresenter display the dialog so you can make further changes to the TTS settings before converting Extend object duration to match the duration of generated audio When a resource is added to the Library or a project ActivePresenter creates a copy of the resource file and stores it in the Library or that project That ensure that even if you rename move or delete the original file the Library item will not be affected But if the original file is large storing it directly in the Library or project will consume more disk space than necessary severely reduce the performance and prone to errors that might corrupt the Library or project In that case ActivePresenter doesn t store the original file directly in the Library or project but maintains its own copy of the original file and creates a link in the Library or project which points to its own copy This parameter defines the threshold above which ActivePresenter will create a link to the resource instead of storing the original file directly inside the Library or project HTM
286. project settings when the project is closed If you open a new project the settings of the last saved project will be automatically applied to it Customizing The Preferences Use the Edit gt Preferences menu option The Preferences window pops up It has six tabs each serving a different area Select the relevant tab to change the relevant setting Tab What controls are provided General General options applicable to the entire software Interaction Parts of objects that have interactive nature are controlled from here Annotation Parts of objects that have annotative nature are controlled from here Customizing ActivePresenter Changing The Language 305 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 Auto Annotation Text ActivePresenter has the capability to generate appropriate annotation automatically from interactions This tab controls how those annotations are generated Hot keys Change the hot keys used for various operations Miscellaneous Options that don t fit anywhere in the above tabs Note that some objects have multiple elements Some of these elements are meant for annotation while the other elements are for interaction Such elements are controlled by the Annotation and Interaction tabs respectively For example a True False type Question object has these elements 1 A Question Label that is displayed on screen Annotation type element 2 Two Answer Labels that the viewe
287. provide a different version number Identifier Specify a name used by the LMS to identify different manifests This value is generated automatically by ActivePresenter but you can change it if needed Exporting The Project gt Exporting To HTML SlideShow 113 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 Organization opecify a title for the organization which this item belongs to Title ActivePresenter automatically generates this value from project name However you can enter a difference text Item Title opecify a title for the item ActivePresenter automatically generates this value from project name However you can enter a difference text Exporting The Project Exporting To HTML SlideShow 114 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 Exporting To Adobe PDF Document This has three tabs General options Advanced options SCORM related Text styles options General Options General Advanced Text Style Rendering Options Include Objects Started by Event Only Export Active Window Area Create Bookmarks Layout Slides Per Page One Description Page Orientation Landscape Image Size 100 Color Depth True Colors 24 bit Format PNG ptimization Level None Output Output File D Presentation PDF Presentation pdf The options are divided into four sections Rendering Options Include Objects Include Objects Started by Event Started by Event Create Bookmarks are creat
288. ption is enabled you can drag and resize them similar to manipulating a slide object The following screenshot shows how the content in above example displayed in the exported output Note that the exported area contains the Active Window area and other slide objects Editing A Project gt Advanced Editing 95 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 Select the folder and press Delete 210 MB Bt sri eb inh X 1V1A 1A 1Vaooroi New folder Date modifrect 6 21 2014 9 57 AM New folder Date created 6 21 2014 9 57 AM Editing A Project Advanced Editing 96 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 Exporting The Project In the previous chapters we saw how to create content and edit it Now we have come to the final stage of exporting the content in the desired formats as images videos interactive presentation or documents Depending upon the export format an exported presentation can be viewed on standard software such as web browsers e g Firefox Internet Explorer video players e g VLC The KMPlayer image viewers Picasa Irfanview XnView etc Microsoft Office LibreOffice etc Overview Of Exporting Options ActivePresenter allows you to render the presentation in many different forms Format Remarks Images Export all slides as images and then use those images for any purposes related to the presentation training course Video Use videos when interaction with audience is n
289. quired 1 Slide 1 ID 1_4 Attempts 1 Points 1 Max Points 1 Result Correct Interaction Type Text Box Answer demo 2 Slide 2 ID 2_1 Attempts 1 Points 1 Max Points 1 Result Correct Interaction Type Multiple Choice Answer 1 Exporting The Project Reporting Options 154 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 Report In CSV Format The report is formatted as CSV Comma Separated Values This format is suitable for importing into MS Excel Here is a sample Presentation Description Date UserID Total Time Total Slides Taken Slides Total Interactions Taken Interactions Correct Points Max Points Percentage Result Demo Project for Demonstration Fri May 25 11 46 11 GMT 0700 2012 test 230 25 2 23242 2 2 100 Passed Sslide ID Attempts Points Max Points Result Interaction Type Answer T 1 E 1 i E 1 he 1 Ba 1 Correct Text Box demo a he ul Ma 1 Wa 1 Y 1 Correct Multiple Choice 1 n Report In XML Format The report is formatted as XML eXtensible Markup Language Here is a sample lt xml version 1 0 encoding UTF 8 gt lt Content gt lt Report gt lt Name gt Demo lt Name gt lt Description gt Project for demonstration lt Description gt lt Date gt Fri May 25 11 28 31 GMT 0700 2012 lt Date gt lt UserID gt test lt UserID gt lt TotalTime gt 30 lt TotalTime gt lt Slide
290. r Manual Version 4 0 General Advanced Group Title Font Size pt 16 v LineSpacing 15 v Tet Color NENNEN Slide Name Font Size pt 14 Slide Description Font Size pt 12 v LineSpacing 1 5 TextColor The font size text color and line spacing are controlled for three different parts of the slides 1 Group Title It is printed before any slide group Please note that the group title will only be exported in Compact mode 2 Slide name As entered in the Slide Titles pane 3 Slide Description Exporting The Project gt Exporting To Adobe PDF Document 120 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 Exporting To Microsoft Word Document There are two tabs 1 General 2 Advanced General Options Rendering Options Include Objects Started by Event Create Table of Contents Layout Slides Per Page mum Description Page Orientation Landscape Use Native Objects Use Template Layout Image aoe Color Depth True Colors 24 bit Format PNG Optimization Level mem Output Template Output File D Presentation Word Presentation docx Cancel Ren
291. r User Manual Version 4 0 MPEG2 Using this capture profile has following advantages and disadvantages e The quality is not preserved it depends on the quality option which can be set in range 1 100 e tis suitable for recording any applications e The frame rate is high and the recorded file size is not too large 3 Smart Capture When use this capture profile ActivePresenter captures screenshots when there is an input from mouse or keyboard At the same time ActivePresenter keeps track of the actual elapsed time This profile produces multiple screenshots slides and or multiple videos While recording you can manually switch between the FMH and Smart Capture capture types using hot keys defaults are F9 and F10 This is very useful when capturing a text typing operation or a mouse drag n drop operation Using Smart Capture has several advantages e tis possible to create interactive and branching content HTML5 Flash e High quality output when export to HTML5 Flash but small output size thanks to PNG loss less compression e Smooth cursor path e The presentation is divided into steps so it is easier to manage and edit 4 Smart Capture with Auto FMR When use this capture profile ActivePresenter switches automatically between the two capture types mentioned above It captures in the Smart Capture capture type but will temporarily switch to the FMA capture type when you start dragging the mouse and switch back to the
292. r can click to choose the answer Annotation type elements A Submit button that the viewer clicks Interaction type element Various attached messages that will be displayed for various events such as On Correct On Incorrect On Incomplete and On Timeout these events are triggered automatically when viewer interact with the question These messages are also classified as Annotation elements All these various elements form a question object as a whole A question as a whole is also an Interaction Therefore in case of a True False type Question object its button element and the question itself will be controlled by the nteraction tab and the remaining elements will be controlled by the Annotation tab Customizing ActivePresenter gt Customizing The Preferences 306 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 The General Tab Interface Choose your preferred language English U 5 Max recently used projects 9 Clear List Canvas background color Show disabled features Show UAC elevating message on start up Project Lu Backup project every B minutes Default slide duration 5 seconds Slide transition effect Mone w Project Language Default Ul Language Default project location D test Library and Configuration Mame Library Export Import Restore Defaults Cancel The options work as follows Interface section Control Remarks
293. r editing time because ActivePresenter allows editing multiple objects at once In case of Drag n Drop Question please note that you must insert objects Shapes Images into the question by using the floating toolbar on the right of the question You should rename drag sources drop targets to meaningful names before mapping them It will help you to identify them easily in the Event Editor window In case of Drop Area please ensure that drag sources do not start exiting before the Drop Area pauses for leaner response You can view and adjust their timing properties in the Timeline pane If you use Shapes as drag sources drop targets and you want to change them to other shapes select them then right click and choose Change Shape from the context menu You don t need to delete them and insert new shapes If you use mages as drag sources drop targets you should prepare them all then insert once ActivePresenter allows you to insert multiple images at once If you have two overlapped drop targets when a drag source is dropped onto the overlapped area the drop target that has higher z order will process the dropped source You should set the z order properly to get desired results Making The Project Accessible ActivePresenter allows you to make your projects accessible to anyone regardless of disabilities More specifically you can edit your projects so that viewers with disabilities can perceive understand navigate and interac
294. rame starts following it Panning oet the speed in pixel s at which the frame will start following your mouse opeed pointer Note that very high speeds are unsettling for the viewers because the small capture frame presents a blinkered view to begin with and at high pan speeds the user won t realize which area of the screen you are at Use this facility sparingly because the viewer will get a blinkered view of the target application which is often irritating Instead of this feature consider using the pan n zoom feature which zooms in from full screen view to a small area and zooms back as soon as the detail is shown The FMH Audio Tab This tab provides more choices for the Full Motion Recording FMR mode and audio Full Motion Recording Settings Video Codec Flash Screen Video w Frame Rate 30 Frames s Key Frame Every 30 Frames A Quality 100 Audio Settings Audio Codec MP3 Sample Rate 48000Hz Channels Mono v Bit Rate 256 Kbps w Cancel Using ActivePresenter Windows Using The Capture Profile Editor 166 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 It contains two sections 1 FMR basic settings 2 Audio settings Both sections are unrelated but placed on the same tab for convenience These sections are explained below FMR Settings Since FMR is like videotaping the screen it has three parameters Option Remarks Video codec ActivePresenter offers a
295. re allowed maximum length 250 characters Event The right hand cell appears blank A click there reveals a Click to Edit button Clicking this button will launch the Event Editor Transition Define how the object will start showing in the presentation and how it will effects stop showing Entrance Type Select from None Fade in Fly in Peek in and Wipe Duration Set a duration of the effect in ms Direction Select the direction for Fly in Peek in or Wipe effect Available directions are From Left From Top From Right From Bottom From Top Left From Top Right From Bottom Left From Bottom Right Objects General Properties Of Objects 247 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 Exit Select from None Fade out Fly out Peek out and Wipe Duration Set a duration of the effect in ms Direction Select the direction for Fly out Peek out or Wipe effect Available directions are To Left To Top To Right To Bottom To Top Left To Top Right To Bottom Left To Bottom Right Accessibility Define properties that make the object accessible by viewer with disabilities when viewing the project output Focusable Define whether the object can receive focus when viewer navigates using the Mouse or the Tab key This property is available only for Mouse Click and Mouse Hover object Text Box is always focusable If this property is enabled in HTML5 t0c6281 output e The object gains focus
296. re is only one physical file that stores all library contents This file is located at C Users lt Username gt AppData Roaming ActivePresenter ActivePresenter aplib Windows Vista or Windows 7 Or C Documents and Settings Username Application Data ActivePresenter Windows XP How ActivePresenter Manages The Resources ActivePresenter reads the file content and saves it to the Library file see above It creates a resource entry that points to this imported content This entry has a name and that name is used to refer to a resource in the library If the file size is bigger than a pre defined value in Preferences ActivePresenter does not store file content directly in the Library file but maintains its own local copy of the imported file By default this limit is 50 MB but you can freely adjust it any time in Preferences The original file leads an independent life If you rename or delete it the copy in the Library will not be affected When you use a library resource in any project ActivePresenter only creates a link with its file That means if the resource file is modified in a future version of ActivePresenter all projects using it will use the modified resource automatically Annotation Just recording a screen is not enough as a training resource You also have to add some explanatory elements Objects to the video Adding these objects to the original screen recording is called annotation You have the option
297. resentation using the toolbar the audio will pause Objects Introduction To Objects 290 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 Property Remarks Boundary Physical placement of the 9 7 icon measured from the top left corner of Left the canvas Change the placement if the icon is obstructing any other element Top Note that this is only an indication that the slide has an audio track During actual rendering this icon is not used at all otart Time This is the time when the audio track starts playing The starting moment of the slide is taken as reference t 0 Duration The duration of the audio track in ms This value is non editable grayed out Show in mode Select one or more from Demonstration tutorial practice test Video To insert a video into a slide click on the EL toolbar button or use the Annotation Video menu and select an existing video file to insert You can also drag an existing video file from Explorer and drop it onto the Canvas to insert Typically the next step is to re size and re position the video frame by dragging the handles on all sides and corners Objects Introduction To Objects 291 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 To change a video double click on the frame The following dialog pops up HL Mame bue Duration 00 00 22 Click on the button to insert a resource from the Library or _ button to insert a file from the d
298. resenter User Manual Advanced Options General Advanced SCORM Options Generate SCORM Package Package Version 1 0 Organization Title Item Title These are SCORM related options Version 4 0 Mo Identifier SCORM PACKAGE Presentation Presentation Presentation Parameter Options Remarks Generate No lf your LMS supports both 1 2 and 2004 versions of SCORM SCORM SCORM1 2 please choose 2004 version the latest version Package SCORM 2004 Package Specify a version that can be used to differentiate manifests Version with the same identifier For example if you are uploading the same project after modifying it provide a different version number Identifier Specify a name used by the LMS to identify different manifests This value is generated automatically by ActivePresenter but you can change it if needed Organization Specify a title for the organization which this item belongs to ActivePresenter automatically generates this value from Exporting The Project Exporting To Microsoft PowerPoint Presentation 134 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 Title project name However you can enter a difference text Item Title opecify a title for the item ActivePresenter automatically generates this value from project name However you can enter a difference text Exporting The Project Exporting To Microsoft PowerPoint Presentation 135 Act
299. rrect answers Due to SCORM specifications please take following note when a SCORM option is selected e n SCORM 1 2 the raw score submitted to LMS is a normalized value in range 0 100 e n SCORM 2004 the raw score submitted to LMS is a normalized value in range 0 100 if the first condition Percents of correct answers is chosen Otherwise it is an absolute value Minimum value oet a numerical value no range Free setting e Note that if you select percentage then this value cannot exceed Exporting The Project Exporting To Flash Simulation 151 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 100 Misc Options In this tab define how the presentation would end General Advanced Misc Presentation End Behavior Ask to restart or close presentation in Demonstration and Tutorial mode Show report in Practice and Test mode The following options are offered Ask to restart or close presentation in Demonstration and Tutorial mode Whether asking viewers to restart or close at the end of presentation or not When unselected the exported presentation will stop silently at the last slide and the window is left open This behavior is applicable only in Demonstration and Tutorial modes Show report in Practice and Test mode If this option is unselected then the presentation will end without presenting you with test result applicable only for Practice and Test modes
300. rt Window Area Exporting The Project gt Exporting To Microsoft PowerPoint Presentation 131 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 Layout options Option Remarks Show slide Whether to display the slide names name Full Screen Open the presentation in full screen initially Show slide Whether to render the slide description description Use Native Use Microsoft PowerPoint auto shapes images text boxes and text for Objects representing slide objects Otherwise each object is exported as an image Using native objects will allow editing the shapes directly within MS PowerPoint later once exported Otherwise slide objects are exported as images so it is almost impossible to edit exported document later Advance Select between automatic and manual slides Image options Parameter Options Remarks oize Range 10 to 150 The size is relative to canvas size selected at the beginning of the project you can check this out at any time by using the Project Project Information menu option in steps of 10 Note that ActivePresenter only works with logical size i e pixels However when displayed printed the physical size depends on pixels and the dpi dots per inch setting of the displaying printing device Color Depth True Colors 24 bit Higher color depth makes the presentation look 256 Colors 8 bit stunning But it also Increases the file size When the
301. rtain parts of the Timeline pane See Snapping in Timeline for more details ral If this is selected the range will be played endlessly in a loop When the playhead reaches the end of the range it will return to the beginning and continue playing gt Space Bar Plays the slide once starting from the current position of the playhead At the end of the play the playhead returns to the Start marker of the range While the selection is being played the button turns to Pause When you click this button the play pauses and the button turns to Resume LP The playhead stays at its current position Clicking on the Resume button starts the play from the Playhead s current position and the button turns to Pause again After this successive clicks on the button toggles it between Pause uu and Resume uU Tip Instead of clicking these buttons it is far easier to simply press the Space Bar to play pause resume If you click the drop down arrow of this tool a menu will show up with two options e Preview all Select this option to preview from the first slide to the last slide in the project which similar to viewing the video output e Preview from current slide This option is similar to Preview all except the preview will start from the current slide If you click this button while the Timeline is playing ActivePresenter stops playing and the playhead stays at its current position Using ActivePrese
302. rties but you can set their values independently for each type of element i Mouse Click Text Text Box X l Key Stroke _ AutoFit Text I Mouse Hover Button Ee Tes Question Drop Area Change Shape Change Style Radio Button E EYE Checkbox Preferred Size Timing allt Width 120 Height 40 Duration ms 1000 Transition Effects Entrance Mone hy sss Show in Mode Demonstration Tutorial Practice _ Test Default Action Scoring p Continue Presentation Max Attempts 2 Go to Next Slide Points Attached Message Correct Incorrect Incomplete _ Hint _ Timeout Click Sound Mouse Click 1 Restore Defaults The following properties can be edited depending on which element is selected some of these options may not be shown Option What it does Autofit text Automatically enlarges the outline of the shape till the text fits inside the shape Customizing ActivePresenter Customizing The Preferences 310 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 Change text Launches the Text Editor window and allows you to enter a message in rich text format Change shape Lets you change the shape for the element Change style Lets you change the style of the element Style is the combination of attributes for line fill Shadow and text Preview Shows how the element will look with all the new settin
303. s And Shortcuts Export Menu 302 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 Localize Menu Menu option Shortcut Button Remarks Replace Slide Start replacing the backgrounds of all slides in Backgrounds gt All current project by capturing new backgrounds Slides Replace Slide Start replacing the backgrounds of selected slides Backgrounds gt in current project by capturing new backgrounds Selected Slides Replace Slide Start replacing the backgrounds of all slides in Backgrounds gt All current project by backgrounds of slides in an Slides From existing project Project Replace Slide Start replacing the backgrounds of all slides in Backgrounds gt current project by backgrounds of slides in an Selected Slides existing project From Project Export To XLIFF Export text in the project to XLIFF format for translation Import From XLIFF Import translated text in XLIFF format into the project Window Menu Menu option Shortcut Button Remarks Cascade Show all open projects as a stack Tile Horizontally Show all open projects side by side Tile Vertically Show all open projects one above the other Arrange Icons Lines up the icons of minimized projects when multiple projects are opened and minimized Next Select the next window in the ist see below Menus And Shortcuts Localize Menu 303 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 The selected
304. s about drag and drop as well as useful tips before reading this section As mentioned Drag n Drop Question is a type of Question that includes multiple drag sources drop targets and require learners viewers who take the output simulation to map them correctly Polygon Matching p M Y Ne Hn jejeje v Congratulations Sorry your Sorry you must your answer is answer is not answer before correct correct continuing einen To insert new shapes images drag source drop target pairs feedback messages or buttons select the question then click on the corresponding tools on the right side of the question To edit event actions of the question refer to the section for the Answer tab in the Event Editor window You can also edit event actions for each drop target refer to the section for the Accepted Drag Sources tab in the Event Editor for more details Objects Introduction To Objects 265 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 ohape MHTLIE 5 5 ZG E3e W Basic Shapes Callouts Rectangle Rounded Rectangle Cross Oval Lines and Arrows Block Arrows b Stars k Diamond Isosceles Triangle Right Triangle Data Regular Pentagon Hexagon Octagon Pe ERE ees ei Plaque Heart an G Moon Offpage Connector Display Card Stored Data C ETLIDWMM Wave ActivePresenter offers five shape groups with many shapes in each group You can insert any o
305. s in below sections Exporting The Project Overview Of Exporting Options 98 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 Exporting To Images Typical uses of exported images are to create brochures handouts and posters for the training Images are also useful to translate the training in another format such as PowerPoint General Options General Advanced Rendering Options _ Include Closed Caption Include Objects Started by Event Include Cursor Path Only Export Active Window Area Image Size 10095 ww Color Depth True Colors 24 bit w Format PNG y 0 pti mization Level Mone Output Location DXPresentationlmages Cancel These options are divided in three sections as follows Rendering Options Include Closed If this option is selected the images will have Closed Caption Caption e Note that if the image size is reduced the captions may not be readable On the contrary they will obstruct whatever little space is left Then it is best to drop it Include Objects If this option is selected ActivePresenter includes objects that are otarted by Event triggered by events Include Cursor Allows you to show or hide the cursor path Path Only Export Active The exported area only includes the Active Window area and slide Exporting The Project Exporting To Images 99 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 objects which are selected to export Image Options Remarks OOOO oize
306. s is not the correct choice and ask the user to try again Note that before coming to the Event Editor you must enter the text for all options The Choice Using ActivePresenter Windows Using The Event Editor 180 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 column reflects this text You cannot edit this column in the Event Manager Choice Settings On Correct n Incorrect n Incomplete On Timeout 1 EPoints 10 Score by choice Action by choice Correct Choice Points Actions Go to Slide at Index 1 Answer 7 Continue Presentation Go to Slide at Index 4 Answer 2 a Continue Presentation Go Forward 1 slide Answer 3 Continue Presentation Send Email Answer 4 End Presentation Cancel The GUI works as follows 1 Enter the points to be earned For this option to work the Score by event check box must be cleared In that case the Points column below is removed If the user selects the correct option he earns these points If he selects the incorrect option he earns no points 2 Click on the radio button of the correct option In this example Answer 1 is the correct option 3 Sometimes the answers are not strictly right wrong Even the other answers may be partially right but some of them may be preferable To handle such situation select the Score by choice check box This activates the Points column in the pane below Now allocate different points to each option to differe
307. s ome ade ae tae ruta tue Fame ee ERR qu tete de RR ptus lanea NA PSRa qu Eat 173 The Mouse Glick NOD LE 175 The ey OKET A E ED En ALI DP nCuS 177 HIM eer 179 MNS holes Tab iios Sod eei bs Sette Seen d Aces itai Medo eased M ede i ae 180 For Multiple CHOICES QUESTION ce is tnde nta ra ua tub D artes Hone stet que Exe rescue et Ue Pone LU Eae 180 For Multiple Response Question cccccceeecceceeeeecseeceeceeeeeeceeeeeseeeeeeeeeecesseeeesaaesesseneeeeas 182 The Accepted Drag Sources Tab sess nennen nnne nnn nnns narrans 183 For Drop Target ODIGGL decre obiit ote i t Doi cites dedic ute cato C edu dt Pelei a 183 For rop Area Interdcllol Tissu nosse tas ao a cortado a ald a caused gatas 185 The Answer Tab for Drag n Drop Question eeeeeeeesseeeeneeeeneeen 186 MESE orm 188 TMG omore TaD mr c 189 THae On Incorrect Taena E Aa E an e gta dn ue teP etat or een 191 dae Onldnecommblele Ec lo eene dantes td nur onn ium e tn dd ind dat and 192 The OndimeoMlP laisse kot a ne o ELI tM cS ELM c aS 193 Th On Rollover Tabisssseteiteasietauedeetudui stude E E apu bete iu details 194 BI reladaelleme RR NR Tm 194 TENE OM 5 90 58 fio T 195 1 380 o Ha 196 JjemagebmestmageuEGlloL eei e ente epa aeo men irre oe Era po a aaa ebenso rata eben es verte deese 197 Using Image Resource Properties Window ess
308. serted in the current slide of your Objects Introduction To Objects 284 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 presentation ActivePresenter has four different ways of taking a screenshot which can be selected by clicking on the arrow next to the 3 7 button or by using the Annotation Screenshot menu option and then selecting a sub option The screenshot modes are described below Capturing A Window To capture a screenshot of the target window or any object in it select the L Window option ActivePresenter can capture a window at any level of the application Use the mouse to select a window or its object e g toolbar pane menus etc You can use the mouse click on the target applications normally it does not trigger a screenshot As you move the mouse over different parts of the screen ActivePresenter shows a red dotted outline ws around areas that can be captured Note You will find that ActivePresenter cannot detect some objects in certain target applications This is because those applications have not provided MSAA interface for those controls ActivePresenter typically captures the whole toolbar because it is usually the lowest level child window When you find the correct area to be captured press the PrintScrn key on your keyboard or CTRL Click ActivePresenter will capture the screenshot and place the image in the current slide Capturing An Object To capture a screenshot of any object in any
309. sor Path me L Hint image eee Text Box Complete L Key Stroke Incomplete Video Closed Caption Hi eE Audio Gesture Effect Drop Area Select All Select All Select All f In Slides All Slides Current Slide Specified Slides e Include objects shown over multiple slides It has three sections which are to be used as follows 6 Whatto delete This section contains the master list of all objects Select the ones you want to delete 7 Where to delete In this section identify the slides where you want this mass destruction to happen Be careful You could delete objects from good slides as well In case you want to specify certain slides only separate their numbers with comma A hyphen indicates range For example the screenshot shows the range 3 6 slide 3 4 5 and 6 8 Additional Option Check this if you also want to delete objects which have been set to show over multiple slides normally these are background music or corporate logo Inserting Objects Into Multiple Slides This is the opposite of the situation described above You may realize that multiple slides are lacking a particular object To insert an object in multiple slides at once select the Slide gt Insert Objects to Slides menu item Editing A Project gt Editing A Slide 69 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 The following window opens
310. t 4 The status bar shows the current state of the image editor Using ActivePresenter Windows Using The Image Editor 201 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 Using Image Resource Properties Window This window allows you to view and edit the properties of various balloons that are available in the Library pane A window pops up when you double click on any balloon in the Library pane The window contains two tabs General and Text Margin General Tab The general tab has the following controls General Text Margin Name Picture Image size 500 x 375 Type Slide background Object background Cursor Define Group and HotSpot Group None HotSpot Mone Cursor HotSpot 0 OK Cancel The controls work as follows 1 This section contains the Name field This is just the name of the resource for easy remembering and handling You can enter any name you want and change it at any time without affecting any functionality 2 The type of resource You can tag the image resource as slide background object background and or cursor You can apply multiple tags to any resource Later you can use these tags to filter shortlist images of certain type s 3 Define the group and hotspot Using ActivePresenter Windows Using Image Resource Properties Window 202 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 If you want to use the image for annotation during capturing you should add multiple versions of the i
311. t last Undo operation If you take a new step just after rolling back 2 Undoing some steps then the Redo queue is emptied Previewing A Slide Now that we have inserted all objects and slide background the slide is ready for presentation But the proof of the pie is in the eating If the slide does not look good when played we need to edit it further o0 play the slide by pressing the spacebar or clicking on the p button on the Timeline pane Go on editing various parts till the slide plays perfectly If everything goes well move on to the next slide Adding A Voice over Commentary or Dubbing Many presentations contain a voice over commentary by an unseen person This technique is mostly adopted for documentaries ActivePresenter has a special recording feature that allows you to add a voice over You can also use this feature for dubbing your presentation adding the commentary in a different language than the original A good sound track is critical for your presentation Audio without a sound track or with a poor audio would create a very bad impression Therefore you must take utmost care of your sound track Pay special attention to these five areas 1 Choosing a quiet and comfortable location 2 Eliminating and preventing any disturbing sounds Editing A Project Editing A Slide 73 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 3 Selecting your recording equipment 4 Setting up your equipment correctly 5
312. t manifests This value is generated automatically by ActivePresenter but you can change it if needed Exporting The Project Exporting To Flash Simulation 150 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 Organization Title opecify a title for the organization which this item belongs to ActivePresenter automatically generates this value from project name However you can enter a difference text Item Title opecify a title for the item ActivePresenter automatically generates this value from project name However you can enter a difference text Report Options These options let you decide how to report the results of test taken by the student Method Choose between e No Report Do not send report e Email Send report through email e HITP Send report through HTTP request Format Choose between the reporting formats e XML Document e JSON JavaScript Object Notation Email HT TP address to receive This is the HTTP URL or email address that receives the report If the method is HTTP this is the address of a server side script that will process the report data the data is either in XML or JSON format For more details see Appendix Reporting Options Pass Condition This condition is used to determine the overall pass fail result of the student when he takes a test Condition Choose between e Percents of correct answers e Points gained e Number of co
313. t manifests This value is generated automatically by ActivePresenter but you can change it if needed Organization Specify a title for the organization which this item belongs to Exporting The Project Exporting To Microsoft Excel Worksheet 129 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 Title ActivePresenter automatically generates this value from project name However you can enter a difference text Item Title opecify a title for the item ActivePresenter automatically generates this value from project name However you can enter a difference text Exporting The Project Exporting To Microsoft Excel Worksheet 130 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 Exporting To Microsoft PowerPoint Presentation This has two tabs General and Advanced General Options General Advanced Rendering Options Include Objects Started by Event Only Export Active Window Area Layout Show Slide Name Full Screen Show Slide Description Use Native Objects Advance Slides Automatic Image Size 100 Color Depth True Colors 24 bit Format PNG Optimization Level Mone Output Template Output File D Presentation PowerPoint Presentation pptx Cancel Rendering options Option Remarks Include Objects Started by Event Only Export The exported area only includes the Active Window area and slide objects Active which are selected to expo
314. t of any type or open an existing project Don t worry about its parameters because the project will not be changed in any way 2 Insert the image in any slide Again don t worry about how this affects the slide We are not going to save the project 3 Right click on the image in the Canvas pane or its time bar in the Timeline pane From the context menu that appears select the Edit image option The Image Editor pops up and lets you edit the image After editing you can directly save the image as a file using the File Save as menu Other Uses Of ActivePresenter ActivePresenter As Image Editor 158 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 4 Close the project without saving ActivePresenter As Image Format Converter This is a four step process 1 Open a project of any type or open an existing project Don t worry about its parameters because the project will not be changed in any way 2 Insert the image in any slide Again don t worry about how this affects the slide We are not going to save the project 3 Right click on the image in the Canvas pane or its time bar in the Timeline pane From the context menu that appears select the Export To File option A dialog pops up In its Save as type drop down list select your desired format png jpeg bmp 4 Close the project without saving ActivePresenter As Screenshot Software This is a four step process ActivePresenter cannot snap and save
315. t with the Hint style Foo lli P Blue Purple Show styles in e Library O Project Now you can right click on this call out and change it into any other shape The new shape will retain the style 3 You can choose between Library styles or Project styles Keep in mind that initially a new project does not have any internal styles till you add them Using The Timeline The Timeline shows all objects in a given slide against time It also allows you to preview the slide In addition the following editing tasks are possible in the Timeline pane Edit the timings start point and or end point of the objects Split any audio video objects at the desired instant Join selected audio video objects Split the slide into two at the desired instant V Gee de qe Play the slide and record your commentary in real time You can also use this feature to dub your presentation in different languages Using ActivePresenter Windows Using The Timeline 219 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 6 Adjust the relative volume of audio video objects in the selected range of time 7 Freeze pause a video object for desired time while the other objects are played out normally A screenshot of the Timeline pane is shown below Timeline Incomplete Message 317 Incorrect Message 11 Correct Message 10 Button 20 Answer 17 Answer 14 Question Tile 13 d EJ The various parts work as follows
316. t with the project outputs The project outputs can be viewed in various ways that do not depend on a single sense or ability For example viewers can navigate with a keyboard not with a mouse only Also audio content should be accompanied with closed caption for hearing impaired viewers text description should be provided for visual content so that screen readers can read out loud for visually impaired viewers Editing A Project Advanced Editing 85 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 In this version HTML5 is the only output format that supports accessibility Tips for Creating Accessible Projects To create accessible projects you should always use more than one means e g text visuals and sounds to convey information For viewers with visual impairment add text description or audio equivalents for visual objects For example provide accessibility text description for Video object so that you can send the information to viewers through the screen reader For objects that contain text such as Shape Text Caption you should enable the Auto Label property the screen reader will read the text when this object is displayed If you choose to attach audio to the object don t forget to remove all accessibility text otherwise voice from the screen reader will interfere with the attached sound For users with hearing impairment add text equivalents for audio objects For example when delivering narrative audio it is important t
317. tation But you may choose to display a Sorry you have exceeded the time limit message and then continue or even end the presentation 2 These buttons are used to organize the list of actions The 5 button adds a new entry in the pane The button removes the selected entry The if and buttons move the selected row up and down in the stack Using ActivePresenter Windows Using The Event Editor 193 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 The On Rollover Tab This tab is used by the Mouse Click Text Box Key Stroke and Mouse Hover interactions It defines the behavior when the user rolls the mouse over the main area of the interaction On Rollover On Rollout Actions to be performed when user moves the mouse over this object Action Mhow Object Blocking Hint Message 73 The GUI works as follows 1 The actions are listed in a stack They are executed in the order of appearance top to bottom In this example the ActivePresenter will display message 87 when the user rolls his mouse on the main box of the interaction ActivePresenter provides internal reference numbers to each message 2 These buttons are used to organize the list of actions The F button adds a new entry in the pane The button removes the selected entry The if and buttons move the selected row up and down in the stack The On Rollout Tab This tab is used by the Mouse Click Text Box Key Stroke and Mouse Hover
318. ted in other files that file also will are compressed better with PNG the file has small size and there is no loss of quality Optimization Level These are relative compression levels Note that the higher the compression level the longer it takes to export e Select None when testing the output e Select Ultra or High when exporting the final result This option is only available if the PNG image format is selected Quality Range 1 to 100 The higher the quality the larger the output file size This option is only available if the JPEG image format is Exporting The Project gt Exporting To HTML SlideShow 112 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 BEEN SGREEMMMMMMM Output Location Define the location where the exported contents will be placed Advanced Options The following SCORM related options are available General Advanced SCORM Options Generate SCORM Package Mo Package Version 1 0 Identifier SCORM PACKAGE Organization Title Presentation Image ltern Title Presentation Cancel SCORM related Options Parameter Options Remarks Generate No lf your LMS supports both 1 2 and 2004 versions of SCORM SCORM SCORM1 2 please choose 2004 version the latest version Package l SCORM 2004 Package Specify a version that can be used to differentiate manifests Version with the same identifier For example if you are uploading the same project after modifying it
319. them e lfagiven drag source contains multiple actions the T and amp buttons move the selected actions up and down The Answer Tab for Drag n Drop Question This tab defines correct answer for the Drag n Drop Question The answer consists of multiple drag source drop target pairs It also defines overall score for the question or partial score for each drag source drop target pair Using ActivePresenter Windows Using The Event Editor 186 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 Answer Settings On Correct On Incorrect On Incomplete On Timeout 1 Points 1 Partial score Drag Source Drop Target Triangle Triangle Placeholder Diamond Diamond Placeholder Pentagon Pentagon Placeholder Hexagon Hexagon Placeholder Cancel The UI works as follows 1 Specify the Points for the question For this option to work the Partial score check box must be cleared In that case the Points column below is removed 2 Specify correct drag source drop target pairs The question is considered correct if all drag sources in this list are dropped into correct drop targets e To adda pair of drag source drop target click on the an button or double click on empty area of the list e To change a pair of drag source drop target double click on the drag source or the drop target e To remove drag source drop target pairs select them and click on the button e One drag source can be mapped to mult
320. this button deletes the event and all its actions e f you had clicked in the Action column this button removes the action but does not affect the Event row The f and buttons move the selected row up and down in the stack e f you had clicked in the Event row these buttons move the event and all its actions together as a set e f you had clicked in the Action column these buttons move the Action row but do not affect the Event row 5 Choose how the user will submit his answer If you select the Auto option the answer is checked each time the text in the field is changed i e ActivePresenter checks as you type If you select the Press key option you have to click in the input box and press a hot key The user will have to press the same hot key to submit his answer e tis your responsibility to convey to the user which hot key is defined use a message for example 6 If you click in this check box the answer will be case sensitive So if the user enters london instead of London he will not earn any points The Choice Tab There are two different tabs named Choice One is used in the Multiple Choice interaction and the other is used in the Multiple Options interaction This section describes them both For Multiple Choice Question The Choice tab checks whether the user has chosen the correct option and also optionally responds to each option chosen for example display a hint message as to why thi
321. time Frame Rate Set between 1 and 30 fps frames per second Key Frame opecify the number of frames between which we must have a key frame default 3 Frame Rate Quality Select in the range 1 100 Higher the number better the quality and larger the file size Audio Exporting The Project Exporting To Video 103 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 Option Remarks Channels Select from mono stereo Bit Rate Select from 64 96 and 128 kbps This option is only available for AVI MP4 and WMV formats Sample Rate Select from 11025 22050 and 44100 Hz Quality Select in the range 1 100 Higher the number better the quality and larger the file size This option is only available for WebM format Output Option Remarks Format Select from AVI MP4 WMV WebM HTML 5 MKV The following video and audio codecs are used for each container format e AVI MS MPEG4 v2 WMA v2 e MP4 MPEG4 Simple L1 MP3 e WMV WMV v2 WMA v2 e WebM VP8 Vorbis e MKV Flash Screen Video PCM 16 bit this format using lossless audio and video codecs so it can be used for further editing in other programs without quality loss Output File Specify the file path and name for exported video Exporting The Project gt Exporting To Video 104 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 Advanced Options The following SCORM options are available General SCORM Options Generate SCORM Package Mo
322. tivePresenter and is non editable 2 Properties that you can edit such as the author s name and any remarks that you may wish to attach to the project s file such as client name conference detail the type of outputs for this project etc To see the project properties use the Project Project Properties menu option The following window pops up General Author Project Name lo Presentation Description Background Color 7 Project Language English U S en US Project Size 400 x 300 pixels Number of Slides 8 Total Duration 31s Location D testiPresentation appro File Size 20 1 MB Created 6 17 2014 5 07 20 PM Modified 6 17 2014 4 54 02 PM You can do the following 1 Enter a meaningful project name This may be a combination of subject and client You should define your project naming Editing A Project gt Project Level Editing 59 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 scheme beforehand Enter description for the project Click on the triangle and from the palette widget that appears select a color This changes the background color for the slides 4 Specify the language of editing project ActivePresenter will use the corresponding translation of selected language to display in the output name of elements of toolbar and messages in Flash and HTML5 Simulations if the language is supported in ActivePresenter For other languages you can still
323. to Label Mame Description Drag n Drop Auto Label Check to make the accessibility name and description generated automatically Select the object that you want to change accessibility text In the Properties panel expand Accessibility property Deselect Auto Label property the accessibility Name and Description are now enabled De o qw It In the accessibility Name and Description field type the accessibility name and description for the object 5 When the object appears screen readers will read aloud the accessibility name first then the accessibility description If you don t want screen readers to read anything leave both accessibility name and description blank Localizing The Project Localization is the process of adapting your project for use in a specific country region with a particular language culture and desired local look and feel If you are creating a demonstration or simulation of a certain application that supports multiple languages you may need to localize your project for each language With ActivePresenter you can do it easily thanks to the slide backgrounds replacement and the text translation features Localizing Process Before doing localization make sure that you have finished editing the original project usually in English Editing A Project gt Advanced Editing 88 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 To localize your project do the following steps 1 Export texts in your proj
324. to insert annotations at two stages 1 Annotation during capture phase In a typical capture project you would be interacting with the target application by clicking on its menus and buttons pressing hot keys and entering text ActivePresenter has the option to automatically insert annotation shapes where you have clicked or when you press any keys on the keyboard Optionally ActivePresenter can actually insert the description of your actions e g left click right click in the inserted shape 2 Annotation during edit phase Annotation during edit phase is done by various methods e Superimposing different shapes on the video e g a circle ellipse around a button a rectangle around a control etc e Inserting comments with call outs and text boxes e Inserting audio video clips General gt Basic Screencasting Concepts 20 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 e Adding your own commentary also called voice over e Adding subtitles and closed captions Annotation During Capture Phase ActivePresenter has the ability to create appropriate annotations for mouse and keyboard operations while capturing Along with how to generate the annotation content one of the main issues is choosing the right shape and placing it at the right position From version 3 0 ActivePresenter has built in Shape objects which have a flexible hotspot anchor point Because of this ActivePresenter can easily place annotations pr
325. tom of the right pane If you select the Use images as objects option each image will be inserted on a different slide as an object But if you do not select this option then ActivePresenter will place each image as the background of each slide Click the OK button A new project is launched with all the selected images The next step is to edit this project The editing techniques are described in the next chapter Creating A Blank Project This is the fourth content generation method where you get a blank canvas Now wait a minute Why would you need a blank project without any content The answer is to create a hybrid project that has a bit of everything Slides from other ActivePresenter projects images video audio clips etc To launch a blank project launch ActivePresenter and in the welcome screen select the third New Project option Creating A New Project Creating A Blank Project 41 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 A New Project window pops up Select the fourth Blank Project option Immediately the right side of the window changes to show the relevant options as shown below Project uu Mame Untitled E Savein CiUsersAtomiDocumentssActivePresenterVUntil Browse New Capture Preset sizes Import PowerPoint Slide Lm uim Number of blank slides you would like to create Image Project The various sections of this window work as follows 1 The Blank Pr
326. trial TTS sentence Cancel Select the TTS voice all the installed voices are displayed in the drop down list Adjust the speed and volume and check out the overall effect by clicking on the Speak button Repeat the cycle till you are happy and then press the OK button to exit To generate the TTS audio click the Generate button Using ActivePresenter Windows Using The Properties Window 213 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 Using The Resources Pane The Resources Pane provides you with the images audio clips video clips and object styles that are available in the Library and also in the current project There are two benefits of using resources from the Library 1 ActivePresenter does not need a local copy of the resource It simply links the object As you use the resource in more and more projects the total saving in storage area become significant 2 f you use a resource directly from disk ActivePresenter stores a local copy of it If you use the same resource at multiple places within a project ActivePresenter will not maintain a common copy of the object it has no way to compare the incoming objects As a result the same object will be stored multiple times On the other hand if the object is used from the Library all this storage area is freed The Resource pane has three tabs 1 Images Provides Images from Library and current project 2 Audio amp Video Provides audio clips and video clips from
327. ts are too closely spaced the line appears as solid instead of dotted Note that a square denotes that Point 1 is selected at present This is more or less a straight line But you can add more points by clicking anywhere on the dotted red green line At this moment the pointer turns into a pencil After inserting any point you can drag that point to a new position This gives the path a new shape Any given path segment can be made a curve or a straight line Just select the start point and from the context menu select the Straight cursor path or Curved cursor path options or click on the ix a Hi or buttons in the toolbar When you select click on the start point of a segment ActivePresenter shows a Control point 4 associated with the end point In the example above we had clicked on point 1 so ActivePresenter shows the control point 4 which is associated with Point 2 This control point is always tangent to the curve You can change the shape of the curve by moving the control point The following figure shows two sets of experiments UA a M 5 C2 e Within each row the diamond is shifted more and more away from the end point See the progression between figures 12 3 and figures 45 6 e Within each column the diamond is rotated around the end point by 45 Compare figures 1 4 2 5 and 3 6 Observe that 1 Asthe yellow diamond is moved away from the end point the path becomes more
328. ttings button The Template Parameters window opens SlideList Position none SlideList Width 220 Initial Volume 80 Initial CC State hidden Position of slidelist window Show All The window does not show a preview of the project itself Exporting The Project Exporting To Flash Simulation 147 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 This window works as follows 1 This drop down list offers further presets within the selected template type The Custom option allows you to customize all settings and save it as a preset From now on the newly defined preset will be available to you from the Preset drop down list A preview window shows the effect of your customization on the toolbar To customize the toolbar click on any parameters listed here and adjust its value The changes are reflected in the toolbar sample 2 4 This area shows the explanation of the parameter selected above Operation Modes In this section there are four controls You can select what modes would be available to the users Demonstration Tutorial Practice and Test Recall that you can customize each object whether it can appear in each of these modes Thus the same presentation can behave in totally different manner in different modes Total max time This is the total time The time taken by all objects to complete their lifecycle plus the time allowed for the student to answer while the in minutes presentation pauses and waits for t
329. upports both 1 2 and 2004 versions of SCORM SCORM1 2 SCORM please choose 2004 version the latest version Package SCORM 2004 Package opecify a version that can be used to differentiate Vakin manifests with the same identifier For example if you are uploading the same project after modifying it provide a different version number Identifier Specify a name used by the LMS to identify different manifests This value is generated automatically by ActivePresenter but you can change it if needed 124 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 Organization opecify a title for the organization which this item belongs Title to ActivePresenter automatically generates this value from project name However you can enter a difference text Item Title opecify a title for the item ActivePresenter automatically generates this value from project name However you can enter a difference text Creating Custom Word template When exporting to MS Word Document you can create your own Word template and let ActivePresenter use it to create the output document To create a custom layout template you must have Word 2002 Word XP or higher version installed on your computer The steps are as follows 1 Placement Of Contents The following tags will be used to specify the location to place exported contents e SlideNamel1 e SlideDescription1 e Slidelmaget For example if you want to place slide name somewher
330. ure Effect 3 Insert a Gesture Effect Cursor Path i Insert a Cursor Path Zoom n Pan fl Insert a Zoom n Pan object E k Closed Caption Insert a Closed Caption object Screenshot 1 8 Capture a window Screen Window Screenshot gt Capture an object Object i Screenshot gt Full m Capture the full screen Screenshot Application or Region Menus And Shortcuts Hi Annotation Menu Capture an application or rectangular area 300 ActivePresenter User Manual Screenshot Options Capture Window Shadow Version 4 0 Screenshot option to capture the shadow of the target window when not maximized Screenshot Options Process Rounded Corners Screenshot option to keep rounded corners of target window instead of sharp corners Screenshot gt Options gt Use Opaque Background Screenshot option to use opaque borders of the target window instead of translucent transparent borders Screenshot gt Options gt Show Usage Guide Screenshot option to show tooltip on how to use Image 1 Insert an Image Audio gt From File Insert an Audio from external audio file Audio gt Create New Insert an Audio object for recording TTS Video Ew y Insert a Video Interaction Menu Menu option Shortcut Button Remarks Mouse Click T Insert a Mouse Click object
331. urrent slide Multiple Objects selected slides or all slides Change Transition Change the entrance and exit effects of objects for Effects for Multiple the current slide selected slides or all slides Objects Convert Closed Captions to Audio Convert closed captions to speech for the current slide selected slides or all slides Preferences View and edit the global settings View Menu Menu option Shortcut Button Remarks Menu Bar Show hide the Menu Bar Status Bar Show hide the Status Bar Tool bars gt List Show hide the individual toolbars Slides Show hide the Slides pane thumbnails titles Properties Show hide the Properties pane Timeline Show hide the Timeline pane Resources Show hide the Resource pane Show Drag Drop Ctrl D Show hide the highlight rectangles of drag source and drop target and the connection between them Snapping Enable disable snapping in the Canvas and Timeline panes Go To Go to first previous next last specified slide Zoom Slide Reset fe Set to 100 Zoom Slide Zoom 2 Zoom in by one level see levels below Menus And Shortcuts View Menu 298 ActivePresenter User Manual in Version 4 0 Zoom Slide Zoom Out Zoom out by one level see levels below Zoom Slide levels Select a zoom level Range 2596 40096 Language Choose the language of the GUI Menus and messag
332. utton to launch the Event Editor In the rendered presentation the object functions as follows Only the question 2 all answer statements 3a with their corresponding input boxes 3b and the Submit button 7 are displayed The user is expected to click in these input boxes and type his answers e Note that although this example shows the answer boxes at the end you can easily place Objects Introduction To Objects 262 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 them in the middle of the sentences Just type a few spaces in the middle of the answer sentence and then drag the input box over this blank area of the answer Re size the input box size position text style etc as required When the user responds the presentation compares the input text strings with the reference answers which are previously defined by the author e lf the answer is correct the actions defined in On Correct tab are taken which typically is to display the On Correct response 4 e lf the answer is incorrect the actions defined in On Incorrect tab are taken which typically is to display the On Incorrect response 5 e lf the user tries to leave the answer incomplete the actions defined in the On Incomplete tab are executed which typically is to display the On Incomplete response 6 Apart from this primary behavior the object also has secondary behaviors To set up the general behaviors of the object double click on the Target area Th
333. vePresenter warns you when you try to save such a project Project will be saved with 4 0 0 file format and can only be opened by ActivePresenter 4 0 0 or later D o you want to continue Closing The Project Without Saving When you try to close a project ActivePresenter checks if there are any changes vis a vis the last saved version If so it will alert you whether you want to save the changes made to the project Just select No Shrinking A Project Often a project has many unused resources including some new resources that you create during the course of the project You may choose to get rid of those unused resources and reduce the size of the project Use the Project Shrink Project menu option A window pops up Information e Project File Size Number of Unused Resources 11 Delete Resources _ Delete All Unused Resources Delete Manually Shrink Close Creating A New Project gt Saving A Project 43 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 This sample shows that there are three unused resources You can select the Delete all unused resources check box and click on the Shrink button This removes the unused storage space and reduces the file size on disk You also have the option to manually check all the unused resources before deciding whether to delete them In fact if this is a new resource created within this project you may want to export it as a file to create an asset for yourself In that case cl
334. vePresenter will record only the locations of the click points not the real time movement path and connect those points with a straight line or a curved line Select this option if you have the habit of moving the mouse aimlessly while you record the target application It will reduce a lot of clutter and you will not need to clean up a complicated mouse path later Cursor Highlight Often the target application has such a cluttered interface that it becomes very difficult to spot the mouse pointer in it To help the viewers ActivePresenter provides a highlight around the mouse pointer so that it stands out against the background The rest of the section is applicable only if the Highlight Cursor option is selected The section contains four options for the shape size color and opacity of the highlight A previewer pane shows the net effect of all these options The Annotation Tab This tab controls the annotations and interactions that are automatically added during the capture mode These are distinct from the annotations and interactions added during the editing of the captured project The options on this tab get activated only when you select the Smart Capture mode in the General tab If you select the FMR mode none of the options apply Using ActivePresenter Windows gt Using The Capture Profile Editor 170 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 General FMR Audio Cursor Annotation Hotkeys Add
335. where the consistency of content crossing multiple projects is required Control Remarks Name Displays the name of current Library and Configuration of ActivePresenter From this name you can know that whether the required Library and Configuration is imported into ActivePresenter to start the production Export Save the current Library and Configuration of ActivePresenter to a file This file can be imported later into ActivePresenter may be on other computer All the audio video images in Library are exported The following settings in Configuration are exported e Settings in Interactions and Annotations tabs of the Preferences dialog e Settings in Auto Annotation Text tab of the Preferences dialog e The translation in Output Language Editor which is used in HTML5 Flash Simulation e he Capture Profiles Import Import the Library and Configuration of ActivePresenter from a file For the list of items will be imported see the Export section The Interaction Tab As described earlier you can set properties of all the objects in the nteraction tab and the Annotation tab The Interaction Tab deals with only the interactive type parts of the objects Customizing ActivePresenter gt Customizing The Preferences 309 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 When you select an element from the list at left 1 its settings are shown on the right 2 These elements have similar prope
336. will be displayed till the 10 second which happens to be till the end of the slide On the other hand the closed captions the first object in the list appears for just four seconds and vanishes The length of a Time Bar represents the duration of the corresponding element e he background image is an exception It has no Time Bar in the Timeline view because it remains unchanged You cannot vary its properties over time Position Of A Drag n Dropped Resource When you drag and drop an audio video image file inside the Canvas pane its time bar will start at the Playhead position Therefore place the Playhead properly before such drag n drop operations e Even if you had forgotten to do this don t worry Simply drag the time bar of the object to its desired position in the Timeline Changing The Timing Duration Of An Object You can change the timing and duration of any element e Moving just one end of a Time Bar changes the duration of that object o gt Tochange the start moment move the left side edge of the bar horizontally by clicking on it and dragging the mouse ee o gt o change the end moment move the right side edge of the bar horizontally by clicking Using ActivePresenter Windows Using The Timeline 225 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 on it and dragging the mouse e You cannot change the duration of audio video clips because their duration depends on the content e To shift an element on t
337. will not earn any points 2 The Score by answer check box allows you to specify different scores for different answers When you click in this check box the Points column is activated in the pane below and at the same time the Points control at the top is disabled Now you can double click in any cell in the Value column and enter any string In this example if the user enters Bangalore he will earn 5 points and if he enters London he will earn 4 points 3 he Action by answer check box allows you to define a different action for each answer When you click in this check box the Actions column is activated in the pane below Now you can double click in any cell in the Actions column and select an action from the drop down list Using ActivePresenter Windows Using The Event Editor 179 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 Notice that our example shows three actions if the user enters Bangalore e First execute a specified JavaScript e Jump to slide 3 and then e Pause the presentation 4 These buttons are used to organize the entries in the bottom pane The F button adds a new action to the selected row e f you had clicked in the Event column this button adds an event e f you had clicked in the Action column this button adds an action within the same event In this way you can associate multiple actions with a given event The button removes the selected row e f you had clicked in the Event row
338. window select the i Object option As you move the mouse over different parts of the screen ActivePresenter shows a red dotted outline around areas that can be captured Note You will find that ActivePresenter cannot detect some objects in certain target applications This is because those applications have not provided MSAA interface for those controls Typically ActivePresenter can capture the individual tools on any toolbar depending on the accessibility support level of the target application When you find the correct area to be captured press the PrintScrn key on your keyboard or CTRL Click ActivePresenter will capture the screenshot and place the image in the current slide Capturing The Full Screen To capture a screenshot of the entire screen of your PC select the Full Screen option Some screen capturing applications call this desktop mode ActivePresenter will minimize its own screen and capture whatever is visible on your computer screen This may be a single application running with its window maximized or several windows of different applications ActivePresenter will then place this image on the current slide Be careful This image is very likely to be larger than your slide If you re size it to fit the canvas size the details in the image will get blurred and the viewers may not be able to read specific details Objects Introduction To Objects 285 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0
339. x shows the list of audio input devices detected If you want to record the audio from your Microphone let select it in this list On some computer selecting Stereo Mix What U Hear Wave Out Playback will also record the system audio but using Record System Audio check box is much easier The Volume slider displays the input audio signal level for the audio input device selected in the Device box You can also change the input volume level of selected audio input device with this slider For example you are selecting the Microphone as the input device and speaking something on Microphone to test If the Volume slider displays the signal in red color you should reduce the input volume value otherwise the audio quality will be low because the signal is clipped The Record System Audio check box allows you to select recording the system audio while capturing screen If ActivePresenter cannot detect the way to record the system audio on your computer this check box will be disabled Note that on Windows Vista or later the system audio and audio recorded from selected device in Device box are independent from each other so you can see two audio objects in recorded project While in Windows XP they are dependent so there is only one audio object in recorded project You may also wonder why there is no volume slider for system audio There are some reasons for that The volume of system audio can be changed easily by clicking the sound icon on the ver
340. y right of the taskbar so we did not add it to avoid flooding the user interface In additional you can always change the volume of recorded audio in the editor by using the Adjust Volume tool in Timeline The Start Capture and More Options Section Audio amp Video Settings Calibrate Audio Input Show Recording Toolbar The Start Capture button is a big button with the red color Click on this button to start a capture Session The More Options button provides the following options 1 Select Audio amp Video Settings to launch the Capture Profile Editor where you can change the settings for audio and video 2 Select Calibrate Audio Input to open the Calibrate Audio Input dialog which allows you to turn the audio input volume automatically or manually 3 If Show Recording Toolbar option is selected ActivePresenter pops up a toolbar with all controls necessary to start and stop the recording and adjust the sound level The large counter shows the duration of the recording Creating A New Project Creating A Capture Project 36 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 uae V ORUURUUEIS M Note If this toolbar is placed inside the capture area it is also captured so please be careful when placing this toolbar on screen For this same reason this toolbar should not be used when you capture full screen Once you are satisfied with all settings click on the Start Capture button the big red button
341. y Event Only Export The exported area only includes the Active Window area and slide objects Active Window which are selected to export It is usually used with the Slides per page Area Contiguous option Exporting The Project Exporting To Microsoft Excel Worksheet 126 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 Layout options Option Remarks olides per One Single slide per page page Two Two slides per page top bottom Contiguous The slides are written contiguously in a page until there is not enough space then it will move to the next page Compact In this mode only the screen of first slide in each group is exported For the following slides ActivePresenter exports only the slide name and slide description Description olide description None No description exported Choose on which side of the slide the description has to be placed Top Left Hight or Bottom Page Choose from landscape and portrait orientation The page size is fixed A4 ActivePresenter uses fixed margins of 1 2 54 cm on all sides Use Native Use Microsoft Excel auto shapes images text boxes and text for Objects representing slide objects Otherwise each object is exported as an image Using native objects will allow editing the shapes directly within MS Excel later once exported Otherwise slide objects are exported as images so it is almost impossible to edit exported document later
342. ype the answer here 4 answer is not correct Sorry you must s answer before continuing Submit However you have the option to add remove answers add a Hint message and three buttons Objects gt Introduction To Objects 255 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 Clear Skip and Back which function as follows Clear iClear all user input on the question e g make text fields empty uncheck radio button check box Skip Go to the next slide Back Go to the previous slide Submit Get user input evaluate and execute suitable actions User can change these default behaviors by editing On Click actions of these buttons from the Event Editor window Select the question then double click the button to launch the Event Editor In the rendered presentation the object functions as follows Only the question 2 the answer options 3 and the Submit button 7 are displayed The user is expected to select any one answer When the user responds the presentation compares the answer with the reference answer which is previously defined by the author e lf the answer is correct the actions defined in On correct tab are taken which typically is to display the On correct response 4 e lf the answer is incorrect the actions defined in On incorrect tab are taken which typically is to display the On incorrect response 5 e lf the user tries to leave the answer incomp
343. ze R duire Hide Slide List Cacher la liste de diapositrves Microsoft Silverlight is re play this content properfy Microsoft Silverlight est r ce contenu correctement Mo requirements Pas d exigences At least 0 correct answers required Au moins 0 r ponses correctes requises Finish Finir Previous Slide Diapositive pr c dente First Slide Premiere diapositive Tutorial mode The editor provides following 1 This displays the language of opening project You can change the Project Language in the Project Properties dialog 2 The Name column displays the texts in the current user interface language of ActivePresenter so you can know their original meanings 3 The Value column displays the texts in the language which is set in Project Language if it is supported You can modify the texts in this column by double clicking in each row 4 The Reset button allows you to restore the original translation of texts The following screenshot shows how these texts are displayed in the HTML5 Simulation output Using ActivePresenter Windows Using Output Language Editor 241 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 4 0 co file c Users Documents ActreePresenter Untitled HTMLS tutarial html autafitz true m F File Home Share View A Cut X f Mi Copy path Move Copy Delete Rename a Paste shortcut to Clipboard Organize f k WEB APPS MI L1 CE AJAX index x Favorites L Name BE Desktop

ActivePresenter User Manual v4.0.0

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents